Movatterモバイル変換


[0]ホーム

URL:


 
Please wait...

We can help you reset your password using the email address linked to your BioOne Complete account.

For additional assistance, contact our Help Desk,helpdesk@bioone.org

 
Registered users receive a variety of benefits including the ability to customize email alerts, create favorite journals list, and save searches. Please note that a BioOne web account does not automatically grant access to full-text content. An institutional or society member subscription is required to view non-Open Access content. Contacthelpdesk@bioone.org with any questions.
 
All Fields are Required
*
*
*
*
Password Requirements: Minimum 8 characters, must include as least one uppercase, one lowercase letter, and one number or permitted symbol Valid Symbols for password:
~ Tilde
! Exclamation Mark
@ At sign
$ Dollar sign
^ Caret
( Opening Parenthesis
) Closing Parenthesis
_ Underscore
. Period
*
Please wait...
Web Account created successfully
BioOne Complete Homepage
Advanced Search
Home> Journals> Willdenowia> Volume 46> Issue 1>Article
Open Access
How to translate text using browser tools
24 March 2016Which changes are needed to render all genera of the German flora monophyletic?
Joachim W. Kadereit,Dirk C. Albach,Friedrich Ehrendorfer,Mercè Galbany-Casals,Núria Garcia-Jacas,Berit Gehrke,Gudrun Kadereit,Norbert Kilian,Johannes T. Klein,Marcus A. Koch,Matthias Kropf,Christoph Oberprieler,Michael D. Pirie,Christiane M. Ritz,Martin Röser,Krzysztof Spalik,Alfonso Susanna,Maximilian Weigend,Erik Welk,Karsten Wesche,Li-Bing Zhang,Markus S. Dillenberger
Author Affiliations +
Joachim W. Kadereit,1,* Dirk C. Albach,2 Friedrich Ehrendorfer,3 Mercè Galbany-Casals,4 Núria Garcia-Jacas,5 Berit Gehrke,1 Gudrun Kadereit,1,6 Norbert Kilian,7 Johannes T. Klein,1 Marcus A. Koch,8 Matthias Kropf,9 Christoph Oberprieler,10 Michael D. Pirie,1,11 Christiane M. Ritz,12 Martin Röser,13 Krzysztof Spalik,14 Alfonso Susanna,5 Maximilian Weigend,15 Erik Welk,16 Karsten Wesche,12,17 Li-Bing Zhang,18 Markus S. Dillenberger1

11 Institut für Spezielle Botanik und Botanischer Garten, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, D-550
22 Institute for biology and environmental sciences, Carl von Ossietzky-University Oldenburg, Carl vo
33 Department for Systematic and Evolutionary Botany, University of Vienna, A-1040 Wien, Rennweg 14,
44 Departament de Biologia Animal, Biologia Vegetal i Ecologia, Facultat de Biociències, Universitat
55 Botanic Institute of Barcelona (CSIC-ICUB), Pg. del Migdia s. n., ES-08038 Barcelona, Spain; e-mai
66 Institut für Allgemeine Botanik, Johannes Gutenberg-Universität Mainz, D-55099 Mainz, Germany; e-m
77 Botanischer Garten und Botanisches Museum Berlin, Freie Universität Berlin, Königin-Luise-Str. 6-8
88 Centre for Organismal Studies, Biodiversity and Plant Systematics, Heidelberg University, D-69120
99 Institute for Integrative Nature Conservation Research, Universität für Bodenkultur Wien, Gregor M
1010 Evolutionary and Systematic Botany, Institute of Plant Sciences, University of Regensburg, Univer
1111 Department of Biochemistry, University of Stellenbosch, Private Bag X1, Matieland 7602, South Afr
1212 Department of Botany, Senckenberg Museum of Natural History Görlitz, PF 300 154, D-02806 Görlitz,
1313 Institut für Biologie/Geobotanik und Botanischer Garten, Martin-Luther-Universität Halle-Wittenbe
1414 Department of Molecular Phylogenetics and Evolution, Faculty of Biology, University of Warsaw, 10
1515 Nees-Institut für Biodiversität der Pflanzen, Rheinische Friedrich-Wilhelms-Universität Bonn, Mec
1616 Institute for Biology, Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg, Am Kirchtor 1, D-06108 Halle (S
1717 German Centre for Integrative Biodiversity Research (iDiv) Halle-Jena-Leipzig, Deutscher Platz 5e
1818 Missouri Botanical Garden, PO Box 299, St. Louis, MO 63166-0299, U.S.A.; e-mail: libing.zhang@mob

*e-mail: kadereit@uni-mainz.de (author for correspondence)
PERSONAL SIGN IN
Full access may be available with your subscription
 
PURCHASE THIS CONTENT
PURCHASE SINGLE ARTICLE
Includes PDF & HTML, when available
This article is only available tosubscribers.
It is not available for individual sale.
Access to the requested content is limited to institutions that have purchased or subscribe to this BioOne eBook Collection. You are receiving this notice because your organization may not have this eBook access.*
*Shibboleth/Open Athens users-pleasesign in to access your institution's subscriptions.
Additional information about institution subscriptions can be foundhere
This will count as one of your downloads.
You will have access to both the presentation and article (if available).
This content is available for download via your institution's subscription. To access this item, please sign in to your personal account.
 
No BioOne Digital Library account?Create an account
My Library
You currently do not have any folders to save your paper to! Create a new folder below.
Abstract

The use of DNA sequence data in plant systematics has brought us closer than ever to formulating well-founded hypotheses about phylogenetic relationships, and phylogenetic research keeps on revealing that plant genera as traditionally circumscribed often are not monophyletic. Here, we assess the monophyly of all genera of vascular plants found in Germany. Using a survey of the phylogenetic literature, we discuss which classifications would be consistent with the phylogenetic relationships found and could be followed, provided monophyly is accepted as the primary criterion for circumscribing taxa. We indicate whether and which names are available when changes in generic assignment are made (but do not present a comprehensive review of the nomenclatural aspects of such names). Among the 840 genera examined, we identified c. 140 where data quality is sufficiently high to conclude that they are not monophyletic, and an additional c. 20 where monophyly is questionable but where data quality is not yet sufficient to reach convincing conclusions. While it is still fiercely debated how a phylogenetic tree should be translated into a classification, our results could serve as a guide to the likely consequences of systematic research for the taxonomy of the German flora and the floras of neighbouring countries.

Version of record first published online on 24 March 2016 ahead of inclusion in April 2016 issue.

Introduction

“All a taxonomist's decisions are subject to revision in time” (Davis & Heywood 1973), and indeed even the most cursory comparison of taxa at any rank through the history of plant systematics reveals that their circumscription has changed again and again. For example, as regards Rothmaler's “Exkursionsflora von Deutschland”, used as basis for the present paper, well over 40 genera have been subject to changes in circumscription when comparing the 19th and 20th editions of the Grundband (Jäger 2012). Major reasons for changes in taxon circumscription, as described and discussed in great detail by e.g. Davis & Heywood (1973) and Stuessy (2009), include the discovery of new species, availability of new data (characters), new approaches in data analysis, and, often related to the preceding point, changes in concepts of classification. At any point in time an author suggesting change of taxon circumscription will have believed to provide something “better”, where “better” had to be evaluated against the aim and purpose of the classification.

Post-Linnaean plant systematists (and indeed some systematists before Linnaeus) increasingly aimed at producing a “natural system” in whicha priori selection of characters used for classification was replaced by the simultaneous evaluation of many characters (Davis & Heywood 1973;Stuessy 2009). With the publication of Darwin's (1859) “Origin of Species”, introducing the concept of evolution, “natural” obtained a new meaning, and “natural” taxa were interpreted as groups of common ancestry. Although “Post-Darwinian systems have differed little in content, though they have differed in arrangement, from those of the later pre-Darwinian taxonomists” (Davis & Heywood 1973), “After Darwin, virtually all comprehensive systems of classification of plants were avowedly phylogenetic” (Stuessy 2009).

We are far from having DNA sequences of all species, and probably even farther from resolving all relationships among species and higher level lineages. However, most plant systematists (hopefully) will agree that the use of DNA sequence data in plant systematics has brought us closer than ever to formulating solid hypotheses about phylogenetic relationships, which could serve as basis for classification. Perhaps ironically, exactly how to translate a phylogenetic tree into a classification has resulted in fierce debates. Probably the majority of authors will argue that the branching pattern of a phylogenetic tree should be the primary criterion for classification and that only monophyletic taxa (consisting of ALL descendants of one common ancestor) should be accepted. Some nevertheless maintain that nonmonophyletic taxa should also be accepted in order for classification to depict not only patterns of phylogenetic relationship, i.e. tree topology, but also degree of (phenotypic) divergence. (Most of these latter authors will describe the taxa they think of as paraphyletic; however, as is evident fromFig. 1, assessments of taxa as either paraphyletic or as polyphyletic based on tree topology alone are alternative ways to read a phylogenetic tree.) It is not our aim here to summarize or add to that discussion. For that, the reader is referred to a recent review by Schmidt-Lebuhn (2012), a proponent for recognizing only monophyletic taxa, and a response to that review by Stuessy & Hörandl (2014), opponents to that view. It is also not the aim of this paper to provide a general review of changes of genus concepts through time, which have been reviewed and discussed repeatedly (e.g.Humphreys & Linder 2009 and references therein).

Instead, our aims are: (1) Taking the generic circumscriptions of the 19th edition of the Grundband of Rothmaler (Jäger 2005) as starting point, to identify genera which are not or not unequivocally monophyletic. Such conclusions are based on a thorough survey of the phylogenetic literature. We make an effort to assess the quality of published phylogenies in terms of taxon sampling, DNA regions analysed and support for relationships identified. This sometimes results in the conclusion that a given genus may or may not be monophyletic, but that the data available are too preliminary for drawing taxonomic conclusions. Genera not included in our compilation below either are monophyletic or have not been investigated in detail sufficient to draw conclusions on the matter. Some of the changes that we discuss have already been incorporated in the most recent, 20th edition of the Grundband of Rothmaler (Jäger 2011), and a proportion of those have been justified by Jäger (2012). We nevertheless base our discussion on the previous, 19th edition (Jäger 2005) in order to explain the phylogenetic basis for all of these recent changes. (2) We will discuss, with reference to discussions in the literature, which classifications would be consistent with the phylogenetic relationships found and could be followed provided monophyly is accepted as the primary criterion for circumscribing genera (and taxa in general). In general, these options are either to expand genera in order to include former satellites (based, as it turned out, on single or few autapomorphic characters), or to split genera into smaller generic entities. Recent trends with respect to these two strategies have been discussed by Humphreys & Linder (2009). Where easily available, we indicate whether and which names could be used when changes in generic assignment are made. We do not, however, present a comprehensive review of the nomenclatural aspects of such names.

Fig. 1.

Phylogenetic relationships amongMeconopsis,Papaver,Roemeria andStylomecon (simplified afterKadereit & al. 2011). Based on tree topology alone,Papaver can be interpreted either as paraphyletic (in relation to AsianMeconopsis 2,Roemeria,Stylomecon andMeconopsis cambrica) or as polyphyletic withP. sect.Meconella,P. sect.Argemonidium,P. aculeatum,P. californicum andPapaver s.str. as independent lineages. Interpretation ofPapaver as both poly- and paraphyletic is also possible.

f01_39.jpg

It is our aim to convince the users of Floras, who want to name plant species for very different reasons and perhaps more often than not are rather reluctant to accept new names, that the name changes discussed here reflect the progress of systematic botany and should be considered just as the results of other branches of biology or of any other science are considered when based on solid evidence.

We follow family circumscriptions and the linear order of families as found in Jäger (2011) and will not discuss these further. For more information on angiosperm family circumscriptions the reader is referred to Stevens (2001 onwards) and APG III (2009).

As already indicated above, several changes of the generic circumscriptions used in the 19th edition of Rothmaler (Jäger 2005) have been made in the 20th edition of that work (Jäger 2011), and some of these changes have been discussed and justified by Jäger (2012). Similarly, some changes resulting from novel phylogenetic work have been implemented by Buttler & Hand (2008a,2008b,2011,2013) and Hand & Buttler (2009,2012,2014) in their “Liste der Gefäßpflanzen Deutschlands”. Work similar to that presented here has been presented for other European Floras (British Isles:Stace 2010; Italy:Banfi & al. 2005,2011; Nordic countries:  http://euphrasia.nu/checklista/ and  http://www.slu.se/en/collaborative-centres-and-projects/dyntaxa/) and some Floras of other parts of the world have explicitly accepted only presumably monophyletic taxa (e.g.Baldwin & al. 2012,2015).

In the end, it is left to the authors of Floras to decide which principles and strategies they follow when circumscribing genera (and other taxa). However, as pointed out at various times in history (for references seeHumphreys & Linder 2009), judgement should always be based on global and not regional knowledge. For example, it may appear shocking from a German perspective thatAnagallis L. (incl.Centunculus L.),Glaux L. andTrientalis L. are all nested in a highly paraphyleticLysimachia L. and should be included in the latter genus (Manns & Anderberg 2009; see below for details), but from a global perspective it is rather less so. Anderberg & al. (2007) pointed out similarities between, e.g.Anagallis arvensis L. andLysimachia nemorum L., betweenTrientalis and the North AmericanLysimachia subg.Seleucia Bigelow and the South AmericanLysimachia subg.Theopyxis (Grisebach) J. D. Ray, and, while acknowledging their morphological distinctness, betweenGlaux andLysimachiamauritiana Lam.

In the following, we describe and discuss the results of our literature survey. We looked at ALL genera contained in Jäger (2005) but present results only for genera that are not or not unequivocally monophyletic. The work presented here is work in progress. Any comment on what we have written is highly welcome and will help us in future updates of this paper.

Lycophytes and ferns

Lycopodiaceae (L.-B. Zhang)

Diphasiastrum was resolved as embedded withinLycopodium L. (Wikström & Kenrick 1997,2001). Thus recognition ofDiphasiastrum Holub as a separate genus would makeLycopodium paraphyletic, and Zhang & Iwatsuki (2013) suggested inclusion ofDiphasiastrum inLycopodium. However, this finding was based on plastidrbcL data and limited sampling only, and a final decision should await better sampling and use of additional DNA sequences.

Hymenophyllaceae (L.-B. Zhang)

A new classification of the family recognized only nine genera (Ebihara & al. 2006), andTrichomanes speciosum Willd. should now be known asVandenboschia speciosa (Willd.) G. Kunkel.Trichomanes L. in a new circumscription is a mainly neotropical genus with a few species in continental Africa, Madagascar and the Indian Ocean (Ebihara & al. 2006) and was resolved as sister toVandenboschia Copel. based on plastidrbcL data (Ebihara & al. 2007).

Aspleniaceae (L.-B. Zhang)

Plastid data resolved the family into two well-supported clades,Asplenium L. andHymenasplenium Hayata (van den Heede & al. 2003;Schneider & al. 2004), which have different chromosome base numbers as well as distinct root characters (Murakami 1995;Schneider 1996). All other small segregate genera are nested withinAsplenium (van den Heede & al. 2003;Schneider & al. 2004). Thus, synonymization ofCeterach Willd. andPhyllitis Hill withAsplenium is advocated (e.g.Smith & al. 2006;Lin & Vianne 2013). Consequently,P. scolopendrium (L.) Newman should beA. scolopendrium L. andC. officinarum Willd. should beA. ceterach L.

Thelypteridaceae (L.-B. Zhang)

Lastrea Bory was resolved as part ofOreopteris Holub based on plastid markers (He & Zhang 2012), andL. limbosperma (All.) Ching should now be known asO. limbosperma (All.) Holub.

Flowering plants

Hydrocharitaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

A phylogenetic analysis of the family based on nuclear, plastid and mitochondrial DNA sequences (Chen & al. 2012) provides some evidence thatEgeria Planch, may not be monophyletic whenElodea Michx. is treated as a distinct genus. As only two of five species ofElodea were included in that study, and support in the relevant part of the tree is not entirely convincing, treatment of the two genera as separate is acceptable for the time being. If combined, as has been done in the past (for discussion seeLes & al. 2006),Elodea would be the name to be used.

Zosteraceae (J. W. Kadereit)

The finding thatHeterozostera tasmanica (M. Martens ex Asch.) Hartog is deeply nested inZostera L. (Les & al. 1997;Les & al. 2002;Kato & al. 2003;Tanaka & al. 2003) opens the option to maintainZostera includingHeterozostera (Setch.) Hartog as one genus, or to divide this group into two or three genera. In both latter options Z.marina L. would remain inZostera and Z.noltii Hornem. would have to be combined inNanozostera Toml. & Posl. asN. noltii (Hornem.) Toml. & Posl. Subdivision into three genera has been advocated and justified with morphological distinctness in inflorescence and vegetative characters by Tomlinson & Posluzny (2001), and maintainance ofZostera as one genus has been recommended by Les & al. (2002).

Potamogetonaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

It has been shown that species ofPotamogeton subg.Coleogeton (Rchb.) Raunk. constitute a monophyletic lineage which is well-supported sister to the remainder ofPotamogeton L. (Lindqvist & al. 2006). As this lineage is morphologically well characterized, as well summarized by Preston (2005; but see alsoWiegleb & Kaplan 1998), it could be separated at generic rank asStuckenia Börner, as argued by Lindqvist & al. (2006) and other authors (Les & Haynes 1996;Holub 1997;Haynes & al. 1998;Kaplan 2008), or could be maintained withinPotamogeton as argued by Wiegleb & Kaplan (1998). If treated as a distinct genus,P. pectinatus L. should be known asS. pectinata (L.) Börner andP. filiformis Pers. asS. filiformis (Pers.) Börner.

Dioscoreaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Tamus L. is clearly nested inDioscorea L. (Caddick & al. 2002a,2002b;Wilkin & al. 2005). In consequence,T. communis L. should be treated asD. communis (L.) Caddick & Wilkin. An alternative option, to splitDioscorea into many smaller genera, as suggested by Huber (1998), was discussed but rejected by Caddick & al. (2002b).

Liliaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

According to studies by Peterson & al. (2008; see alsoPeterson & al. 2004) and Zarrei & al. (2009), all based on a broad species sample and both nuclear and plastid sequences, a non-monophyleticLloydia Rchb. is nested inGagea Salisb. IfLloydia should be included inGagea, as suggested by Peruzzi & al. (2008) and Zarrei & al. (2011), a name forL. serotina (L.) Rchb. inGagea would be available(G. serotina (L.) Ker Gawl.).

Orchidaceae (M. Kropf)

Initiated by molecular phylogenetic studies by Pridgeon & al. (1997) and Bateman & al. (1997), European orchids, and especially the genusOrchis L. s.l., have become a prime example for recent rearrangements in generic delimitations (Stace 2010). Although subsequent phylogenetic studies (cf.Cozzolino & al. 1998,2001;Aceto & al. 1999;Bateman 2001;Pridgeon & al. 2001;Bateman & al. 2003) generated support for (most of) these rearrangements (but almost exclusively based on ITS sequence variation only), most remained subject to fierce debates in the orchid community (cf.Wucherpfennig 1999,2002,2005;Bateman 2001,2009,2012a,2012b;Buttler 2001;Devos & al. 2006;Kretzschmar & al. 2007;Tyteca & Klein 2008,2009;Scopece & al. 2010;Paulus 2012;Tyteca & al. 2012). Possible and partially implemented rearrangements (cf.Jäger 2012) include either splitting of polyphyletic genera into smaller genera (e.g.Orchis s.l.), or inclusion of genera, either with several species (e.g.Nigritella Rich. inGymnadenia R. Br.) or monospecific (e.g.Aceras anthropophorum (L.) R. Br. inOrchis s.str.), in (otherwise) paraphyletic genera in order to obtain monophyletic entities.

Phylogenetic studies placed the (previously) monospecificAceras anthropophorum close toOrchis italica Poir. (Pridgeon & al. 1997;Bateman & al. 2003). This close relationship at the base of theOrchis s.str. group (see below) was not only supported by the original ITS sequence data, but also by seed ornamentation patterns (Gamarra & al. 2012), hybridization patterns (Klein 1989,2004;Scopece & al. 2007), and the nuclearOrcLFY,OrcPI, OrcP2 loci (Montieri & al. 2004;Cantone & al. 2009,2011), although support by the mitochondrialcoxl marker (Inda & al. 2010a) and chloroplastrpl16 intron data (Inda & al. 2012) was ambiguous due to low resolution. Therefore, Bateman (2012a: 111–114) noted that the “most obviously problematic taxa are the readily recognized anthropomorphic speciesOrchis (Aceras)anthropophora (L.) All. andO. italica … shown as the two earliest-diverging species, making the anthropomorphic species paraphyletic relative to a monophyletic nonanthropomorphic group”. Given the absence of a final solution to the question which taxon is indeed basally branching inOrchis s.str. (i.e. a sister group relationship betweenA. anthropophorum andOrchis s.str. is still possible; seePridgeon & al. 1997;Bateman & al. 2003; see alsoJacquemyn & al. 2011), and the still debated future treatment ofOrchis s.str. in general (see below), one could also retainA. anthropophorum as the only species ofAceras and the onlyOrchis-like species without a spur. On the other hand, the inclusion ofAceras inOrchis s.str. is one of the most widely accepted changes of controversial generic circumscriptions in European orchids (seeBateman 2009: Tab. 1).

ITS phylogenies implied inclusion ofCoeloglossumviride (L.) Hartm. in an otherwise paraphyleticDactylorhiza Necker ex Nevski (asDactylorhiza viridis (L.) R. M. Bateman & al.; seeBateman & al. 1997,2003;Pillon & al. 2007). Further molecular markers, especially chalcone synthase variation (Inda & al. 2010b; see alsoInda & al. 2010a,2012), supported this inclusion becauseC. viride was found nested inDactylorhiza. However, evidence against its inclusion exists, and a combined ITS and ETS phylogenetic tree resolvedC. viride as sister toDactylorhiza (Devos & al. 2006). The latter authors also compiled morphological characters differing between the two groups (Devos & al. 2006: Table 1; see alsoWucherpfennig 1999). Most strikingly,C. viride has a nectariferous spur (van der Pijl & Dodson 1966), whereasDactylorhiza has food-deceptive flowers. AsCoeloglossum Hartm. is the earlier name, a proposal to conserveDactylorhiza overCoeloglossum was needed (Cribb & Chase 2001).

As a consequence of studies uncovering the (morphological) heterogeneity and the phylogenetic intermingling of different infrageneric species groups of the closely related generaLiparis Rich. andMalaxis Sol. ex Sw., the monospecificHammarbya paludosa (L.) Kuntze, certainly a close relative of these two genera (although not sampled in the respective studies; e.g.Cameron 2005), “has often been included in a broadly defined genusMalaxis” (Pridgeon & al. 2005: 464–465). There are a number of unique features characterizingH. paludosa (e.g. incumbent anthers (Szlachetko & Margońska 2002), vegetative reproduction by bulbils at the leaf margin), which, however, have been doubted to be sufficient for differentiation at the generic level given the high variation inMalaxis s.l. (Wucherpfennig 2005). Independently, and referring to recent (but still unpublished) phylogenetic analyses by G. A. Salazar, Pridgeon & al. (2005: 464–465) stated thatH. paludosa “does not lie in the mainMalaxis clade (Salazar, pers. comm.) but rather is sister to a large clade that includes bothMalaxis s.str. andLiparis s.str.” Until comprehensive phylogenetic evidence on relationships amongMalaxis andLiparis becomes available (see below),H. paludosa presently can be maintained in a monospecific genus.

The monospecificChamorchis alpina (L.) Rich. and the dispecificTraunsteinera Rchb., represented by the widespreadT. globosa (L.) Rchb. in Germany, form an independent, well-supported clade (Cozzolino & al. 2001;Bateman & al. 2003). This surprising result refutes the originally hypothesized sister group relationship between the latter taxon andOrchis s.str. (Pridgeon & al. 1997) and induced Pridgeon & al. (2005: 228) to state: “However, the two morphologically distinct genera are sufficiently similar in ITS sequences to be potentially viewed as congeneric”. If treated as congeneric, Chamorchis represents the older genus name (cf.Alrich & Higgins 2011).

In (still unpublished) molecular phylogenetic analyses by Bateman and colleagues,Neottia nidus-avis (L.) Rich. is nested within a paraphyleticListera R. Br. as sister toL. ovata (L.) R. Br. (illustrated byPridgeon & al. 2005: 492). Already Chase & al. (2003) had consideredListera species as photosynthetic members ofNeottia Guett. (without presenting the respective phylogenetic analysis, except for a “summary”, i.e.Fig. 1 on p. 73) and suggested that the two genera should be combined (see alsoTesitelová & al. 2015, whereNeottia (n = 2) is nested withinListera (n = 3) based on ITS, 18S andtrnL(UAA) intron data). A close relationship between the two genera has long been documented (e.g.Dressler 1990), and a combined generic treatment asNeottia, which is the older name, has already been published by Szlachetko (1995). In this treatment, however,Neottia ovata Bluff & Fingerh. is placed inN. subg.Listera (R. Br.) Szlach. The third species of a newly circumscribedNeottia native in Germany isN. cordata (L.) Rich. (L. cordata (L.) R. Br.).

Pridgeon & al. (1997) “took the controversial step of sinking the morphologically distinctNigritella back into synonymy withGymnadenia s.str., which would otherwise have been paraphyletic.” (Pridgeon & al. 2001: 229). These authors stressed that “despite superficial differences in flower form and resupination,Nigritella shares several morphological characters withGymnadenia: palmatedigitate tubers; two lateral, lobe-like stigmas; and two pollinia each with a caudicle…” (Pridgeon & al. 2001: 298). However, other authors, especially Wucherpfennig (1999,2002), advocated maintainingNigritella as a genus based on at least ten (“superficial”) morphological characters, but also based on allozyme data (Hedrén & al. 2000). It was noted that a study of character evolution acrossOrchidinae clearly showed thatNigritella is a morphologically derived lineage (Wucherpfennig 2002) arguing for keeping the genusNigritella even within a paraphyleticGymnadenia. However, in a more recent molecular analysis of ITS andrpl16 intron sequences, Pillon & al. (2006) documented a sister group relationship between theirNigritella (n = 2) andGymnadenia (n = 5) samples. This illustrates that molecular phylogenetic relationships obtained obviously depend on taxon sampling, type of data analyses performed and outgroup selection (seePillon & al. 2007). In consequence,Nigritella can still be recognized as a morphologically well-defined genus, until more comprehensive analyses are available.

Finally, species ofOrchis s.l. were placed in at least three major and only distantly related groups based on ITS data (Bateman & al. 1997,2003;Pridgeon & al. 1997). These three groups in principle correspond to hybridization patterns (Klein 1989,2004;Scopece & al. 2007). As regards the first group, the formerly monospecificNeotinea Rchb. f. was expanded by Pridgeon & al. (1997) and Bateman & al. (1997) to encompass the “… small-flowered, essentially trilobed-lipped species of theustulata-group that were formerly included inOrchis s.l. These could in theory have been treated as a genus separate from the more narrowly delimited original concept ofNeotinea, given the relatively long molecular branch and distinct vegetative markings ofN. maculata…” (Pridgeon & al. 2001: 228). Relevant for the German flora, the combinationsN. ustulata (L.) R. M. Bateman & al. (O. ustulata L.) andN. tridentata (Scop.) R. M. Bateman & al. (O. tridentata Scop.) were provided (Bateman & al. 1997). However, the small flowers ofN.maculata (Desf.) Stearn are different from theustulata-group by producing nectar (Pridgeon & al. 2001;Duffy & al. 2009), and by being 100 % autogamous (Duffy & al. 2009), while the species of the deceptiveustulata-group depend on pollinatormediated outcrossing. This would provide arguments for treatingN. maculata as an independent genus. If this approach is taken, the namesOdontorchis ustulata (L.) D. Tyteca & E. Klein andOdontorchis tridentata (L.) D. Tyteca & E. Klein are available (Tyteca & Klein 2008).

The second fairly well-supported clade encompasses all species of formerOrchis that have 2n = 36 (or 2n = 32 in the case ofO. papilionacea L.) chromosomes as well asAnacamptis pyramidalis (L.) Rich. (Pridgeon & al. 1997). Pridgeon & al. (2001: 255) stated that while “A. pyramidalis is distinctive… The other members of this newly circumscribed genusAnacamptis Rich. are difficult to distinguish morphologically fromOrchis s.str., but their flowering stems bear cauline sheathing leaves.” Members ofAnacamptis in this new circumscription in the German flora areA. coriophora (L.) R. M. Bateman & al. (O. coriophora L.),A. morio (L.) R. M. Bateman & al. (O. morio L.) andA. palustris (Jacq.) R. M. Bateman & al. (O. palustris Jacq.).

The remainingOrchis s.l. taxa should then, following Pridgeon & al. (1997) and Bateman & al. (1997), be treated asOrchis s.str. comprising an anthropomorphic species group (with flowers shaped like “little men”, i.e. sepals and petals forming a compact head and the labellum showing “arms” and “legs”; e.g.O. militaris L., the type ofOrchis) plusAceras R. Br. (see above) and a non-anthropomorphic group (e.g.O. mascula (L.) L.). However, suggestions have been put forward to splitOrchis s.l. further (Tyteca & Klein 2008,2009), partly ignoring problems of paraphyly (criticized, e.g. byScopece & al. 2010;Bateman 2012a). However, the two supported species groups withinOrchis s.str. (Bateman & al. 2003) could be treated asO. subg.Orchis (i.e.O. militaris, O. purpurea Huds. andO. simia Lam.) andO. subg.Masculae H. Kretzschmar & al. (i.e.O. mascula, O. pallens L. andO. spitzelii Saut. ex W. D. J. Koch;Kretzschmar & al. 2007). Tyteca & al. (2012) compiled morphological and pollinator assemblage data for these two groups and concluded that all their information as well as molecular (Bateman & al. 2003) and seed micromorphology data (Gamarra & al. 2012) are in favour of a separation at the generic level, i.e. asOrchis andAndrorchis D. Tyteca & E. Klein (Tyteca & al. 2012; see alsoTyteca & Klein 2008 for respective names, i.e.Androrchis mascula (L.) D. Tyteca & E. Klein,A. pallens (L.) D. Tyteca & E. Klein andA. spitzelii (Saut. ex W. D. J. Koch) D. Tyteca & E. Klein).

Several orchid genera have been shown not to be monophyletic:Liparis andMalaxis, both comprising about 250 species (Mabberley 2008), are to some extent intermingled (Cameron 2005);Platanthera Rich. should includePiperia Rydb. (Bateman & al. 2003; already implemented there); andHerminium L. is phylogenetically intermingled withPeristylus Blume orHabenaria Willd. (Douzery & al. 1999;Bateman & al. 2003). However, irrespective of exact phylogenetic relationships, which are not yet completely resolved, the nomenclature of the species occurring in the German flora will not be influenced if their respective monophyletic clades are preserved at the generic level, asLiparis loeselii (L.) Rich.,Platanthera bifolia (L.) Rich. andHerminium monorchis (L.) R. Br. are the types of the respective genus names (Alrich & Higgins 2011), andPlatanthera montana (F. W. Schmidt) Rchb. f. (P. chlorantha Cust. ex Rchb.), the second native species of this genus, is definitely closely related to the type,P. bifolia (Bateman & al. 2003). However,Malaxis monophyllos (L.) Sw. might be affected by future changes: a BLAST search of recently publishedmatK barcodes of this species (Kim & al. 2014;Xiang & al. 2014) revealed higher DNA sequence similarity to a group ofLiparis species around the type,L. loeselii, than to theMalaxis species group around the type,M. spicata Sw. (cf.Cameron 2005). On the other hand, this critical point in the systematics ofMalaxideae could alternatively be solved by choosing a wide genus concept. In this case,Malaxis would be an older name thanLiparis (andHammarbya; see above).

In summary, one major problem with respect to several recently suggested changes in generic circumscription in European orchids is that new molecular phylogenetic hypotheses often are based on only one molecular marker (i.e. ITS;Bateman & al. 2003). Other molecular markers often resulted in limited phylogenetic resolution given the probably young age of several European orchid lineages (cf.Inda & al. 2010a,2010b,2012). Although sometimes combined evidence of ITS plus cpDNA variation seems to improve results (e.g.Pillon & al. 2006), it does not in other cases, indicating the dominance of the ITS information (e.g.Inda & al. 2012). Moreover, it is striking that the overall taxon sampling, some 20 years after the first molecular phylogenetic publications, is still incomplete. Also, multiple samples of single taxa have rarely been included. In consequence, many molecular phylogenetic relationships have still not been solved satisfactorily, and some nomenclatural changes accordingly are premature, giving rise to frequent debate.

Amaryllidaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Using a broad sample ofGalanthus L. andLeucojum L., Lledó & al. (2004) reported that the former genus is deeply nested in the latter. In order to maintain these two genera, the authors recommend to recognize the additional genusAcis Salisb. for large parts ofLeucojum. Generic allocation ofG. nivalis L.,L. aestivum L. andL. vernum L. would remain unaffected if this approach would be taken.

Cyperaceae (B. Gehrke)

Carex L. has been found to be paraphyletic and to include all other members of theCariceae, i.e.Cymophyllus Mack.,Kobresia Willd.,Schoenoxiphium Nees andUncinia Pers. (Roalson & al. 2001; Starr & al. 2004). The results of the molecular phylogenetic work are unambiguous. RetainingKobresia would lead to the necessity of describing a myriad of morphologically indistinguishable smaller genera and would also mean thatKobresia would have to be either greatly extended to include many species ofCarex subg.Psyllophora (Degl.) Peterm. (=Primocarex Kük.) or thatKobresia (and Uncinia) would have to be split into various smaller lineages. Combination of all names ofCymophyllus, Kobresia, Schoenoxiphium andUncinia inCarex are currently underway (GlobalCarex Group 2015). The namesCarexmyosuroides Vill. forKobresia myosuroides (Vill.) Fiori andCarex simpliciuscula Wahlenb. forK. simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.) Mack. should be used.

Eleogiton (L.) Link was recently discovered to be nested inIsolepis R. Br. (Muasya & al. 2001).Isolepis was thought to be characterized by having one or more pseudolateral spikelets and an erect culm, but the nodding culm of the single terminal spikelet, believed to characterizeEleogiton, is now known to have evolved from withinIsolepis (Muasya & al. 2001).Eleogiton fluitans (L.) Link was therefore recently changed toI. fluitans (L.) R. Br.

Recent studies suggest thatSchoenoplectus mucronatus (L.) Palla andS. supinus (L.) Palla are not part ofSchoenoplectus (Rchb.) Palla, but belong toSchoenoplectiella Lye, a cosmopolitan group, which is most closely related to the AfricanPseudoschoenus (C. B. Clarke) Oteng-Yeb. (Shiels & al. 2014).Schoenoplectiella differs morphologically fromSchoenoplectus by having an unbranched inflorescence (Jung & Choi 2010), whereasSchoenoplectus has a pseudo-lateral branched inflorescence. Both genera have culm-like primary bracts opposed to the inflorescence with leafy bracts inScirpus L. (Jung & Choi 2010). If recognition ofSchoenoplectiella as suggested by Lye (2003) should be accepted, bothS. mucronatus andS. supinus must be excluded fromSchoenoplectus asSchoenoplectiella mucronata (L.) J. Jung & H. K. Choi andSchoenoplectiella supina (L.) Lye. However, final decisions must await a better understanding of relationships betweenPseudoschoenus andSchoenoplectiella.

Poaceae (M. Röser)

A number of molecular phylogenetic studies employing nuclear and chloroplast DNA markers have shown thatFestuca L. s.l. is a large paraphyletic group that encompassesLolium L.,Micropyrum (Gaudin) Link,Vulpia C. C. Gmelin and a number of further genera (Torrecilla & Catalán 2002;Catalán & al. 2004,2007;Torrecilla & al. 2004;Inda & al. 2008).Lolium is nested within a more ancestral broad-leaved clade, whereasMicropyrum andVulpia belong to the presumably more recently derived fine-leavedFestuca lineages.Vulpia additionally appears to be polyphyletic and encompasses separate diploid and tetraploid/hexaploid lineages, which are not sufficiently understood to date. Because of several uncertainties concerning limited sampling of intermediate taxa and missing representation of severalFestuca groups, Catalán & al. (2007) argued for maintenance ofLolium, Micropyrum andVulpia. This would require no name changes for taxa of the German flora.Micropyrum andVulpia were included inFestuca by Soreng & al. (2015), but Lolium was kept separate and considered congeneric withSchedonorus P. Beauv. (syn.F. subg.Schedonorus (P. Beauv.) Peterm.), which was segregated fromFestuca.

Polyploidy and hybridization play an important role in the evolution ofSesleria Scop. and allies. Preliminary data from Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphisms (AFLPs) and plastid DNA (trnL-ndhF) sequences support the recognition ofOreochloa Link as a separate genus (with onlyO. disticha (Wulfen) Link represented in the German flora) and underline thatPsilathera ovata (Hoppe) Deyl diverges from the remainder ofSesleria (Lakušić 2013). Further study including a more comprehensive taxon sampling is needed to clarify whether the monospecificPsilathera Link (onlyP. ovata (Hoppe) Deyl in the German flora) can be maintained or should be merged withSesleria as was done in Jäger (2011) and by Lazarević & al. (2015).

Delimitation of genera allied withHelictotrichon Besser ex Schult. & Schult. f. is a long-term matter of debate. Molecular phylogenetic studies using different chloroplast DNA and nuclear ITS sequences of a sufficiently broad sample of relevant taxa suggest to acknowledge three genera occurring in the German flora, namelyAvenula (Dumort.) Dumort.,Helictochloa Romero Zarco andHelictotrichon s.str. (Döring & al. 2007;Quintanar & al. 2007;Schneider & al. 2009; Röser & al. unpubl. data).Avenula is represented byA. pubescens (Huds.) Dumort.,Helictochloa byH. pratensis (L.) Romero Zarco andH.versicolor (Vill.) Romero Zarco andHelictotrichon s.str. byH. parlatorei (Woods) Pilg. The description of the new genusHelictochloa, type designations and transfer of species toHelictochloa have been published by Romero Zarco (2011).

The distinctiveness ofAnthoxanthum L. andHierochloe R. Br. has repeatedly been questioned due to the occurrence of seemingly intermediate species in Africa and SE Asia. Following Schouten & Veldkamp (1985), the two genera have been merged by some authors (Wu & Phillips 2006;Allred & Barkworth 2007;Kellogg 2015;Soreng & al. 2015). The study by Pimentel & al. (2013), using AFLPs, chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequences, suggests that the intermediate taxa originated by ancient hybridization between the two genera. The question as to whetherAnthoxanthum andHierochloe should be kept separate or amalgamated in a single genus thus remains unanswered.

Ranunculaceae (E. Welk)

TraditionallyAconitum L.,Consolida (DC.) Gray andDelphinium L. (andAconitella Spach, seeSoják 1969) were grouped in tribeDelphinieae. Molecular phylogenetic research revealed threeDelphinium species (D. subg.Staphisagria J. Hill) to form the sister clade to all otherDelphinieae (Jabbour & Renner 2011a;2011b), andConsolida incl.Aconitella to be nested in Delphinium excl.D. subg.Staphisagria. The position ofD. subg.Staphisagria is supported by biochemical, karyological and morphological characters. Furthermore, Wang & al. (2013) found a sister position of the ChineseAconitum gymnandrum Maxim. toDelphinium (sensuJabbour & Renner 2012). In order to arrive at monophyletic Aconitum andDelphinium, name changes are required. Of these, inclusion ofConsolida (andAconitella) into Delphinium (Jabbour & Renner 2012) is relevant for the German flora. In consequence,C. ajacis (L.) Schur,C.hispanica (Costa) Greuter & Burdet andC. regalis Gray should be listed asD. ajacis L.,D. hispanicum Costa andD. consolida L., respectively.

Based on molecular phylogenetic analyses, Bittkau & Comes (2009) foundGaridella L. to be clearly monophyletic whileNigella L., its sister group, was not well supported as monophyletic. This may imply future inclusion ofGaridella inNigella, which, however, would not affect naming of the German species ofNigella.

Combined analyses of DNA sequence data, biochemical data and morphology by Compton & al. (1998) suggested to includeCimicifuga Wernisch andSouliea Franch. inActaea L. (alsoCompton & Culham 2002;Gao & al. 2008). However, it has also been argued to keep the genera separate based on the fleshy fruits ofActaea (e.g.Wang & al. 1997;Lee & Park 2004).Actaea andCimicifuga can also be distinguished using seed morphology and seed anatomical features (Ghimire & al. 2015). IfCimicifuga andSouliea should be included inActaea based on phylogenetic relationships, GermanActaea will not be affected becauseActaea L. is the oldest genus name.

Hoot & al. (1994) suggested thatHepatica Mill.,Knowltonia Salisb. andPulsatilla Mill. should be included inAnemone L. s.l. (cf.Ehrendorfer & Samuel 2001;Schuettpelz & al. 2002). However, Pfosser & al. (2011) argued that these genera could also be retained because of unsuitable outgroup selection (Clematis L.) in Hoot & al. (1994) and Schuettpelz & al. (2002). UsingRanunculusficaria L. as outgroup in their study, a position ofClematis withinAnemone s.l. became probable. The sister-group relationship of species ofA. subg.Anemonidium (Spach) Juz. (A. subsect.Anemonidium Spach,A. subsect.Himalayicae (Ulbr.) Tamura,A. subsect.Keiskea Tamura andA. subsect.Omalocarpus (DC.) Tamura) toHepatica found in all studies rendersAnemone paraphyletic in relation to the embeddedHepatica andPulsatilla. Similar to combined karyological and molecular phylogenetic analyses by Mlinarec & al. (2012), Hoot & al. (2012) found, again withClematis as outgroup, thatA. subg.Anemonidium containsAnemonastrum Holub andHepatica, whilePulsatilla is positioned withinA. subg.Anemone. Accordingly, they suggested to incorporateHepatica inAnemone asA. sect.Hepatica (Mill.) Spreng. orA. subg.Hepatica (Mill.) Peterm. ForPulsatilla they suggested inclusion inAnemone asA. sect.Pulsatilloides DC. orA. subg.Pulsatilloides (DC.) Juz. An alternative solution might be splittingAnemone into at least two genera corresponding to thex = 7/8 divergence seen inAnemoninae. At the moment, it seems best to wait for further analyses before combining the large number of taxa affected. However, from the results of all studies cited it seems inevitable forAnemonastrum Holub to be subsumed inAnemone again. The resulting combination isAnemone narcissiflora L.

Caltha L. has been divided into two sections: the monophyleticC. sect.Psychrophila (DC.) Bercht. & J. Presl in the S hemisphere and the paraphyleticC. sect.Caltha in the N hemisphere (Schuettpelz & Hoot 2004). Based on a broader sampling, Cheng & Xie (2014) showed thatThacla Spach (Caltha natans Pall.) diverged first in the genus, and that the other species fall into two monophyletic clades, i.e.Caltha s. str. andPsychrophila. Thus, it would be possible to raisePsychrophila to genus rank, but this would inevitably requireC. natans to be raised toThacla. Any decision here will not affect the name ofC. palustris L.

A number of molecular phylogenetic studies revealed thatRanunculus L. in a wide sense is polyphyletic (Lehnebach & al. 2007;Hoot & al. 2008;Wang & al. 2009). Although the entire tribeRanunculeae could be recognized as a very broadly circumscribedRanunculus, this would result in a morphologically highly heterogeneous group. The morphological and geographical independence ofFicaria Huds. andCeratocephala Moench is comparable to that ofMyosurus L. It thus seems to be justified to follow Emadzade & al. (2010) who proposed to recognizeCeratocephala, Ficaria andMyosurus (plus several other small genera) as separate genera, but to includeBatrachium (DC.) Gray andAphanostemma A. St.-Hil., sometimes recognized as separate genera in the past, in a then monophyleticRanunculus.

Berberidaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

MonophyleticBerberis L. with simple leaves clearly is nested in a paraphyletic grade ofMahonia Nutt. with compound leaves (Kim & al. 2004;Adhikari & al. 2015), a pattern of relationship already postulated by Ahrendt (1961). As the two genera are very similar to each other in many respects (for discussion seeAdhikari & al. 2012), and the different lineages ofMahonia would be difficult to justify at generic rank, they probably are best treated as one genus,Berberis, as was done by these authors.Mahonia aquifolium (Pursh) Nutt. had originally been described asB. aquifolium Pursh.

Papaveraceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Papaver L. is part of a group of four genera distributed almost entirely in the Old World (Schwarzbach & Kadereit 1995). The other three genera areMeconopsis Vig.,Roemeria Medik, andStylomecon G. Taylor. Subdivision into these four genera is based largely on capsule morphology. Various analyses of these four genera (Kadereit & al. 1997;Carolan & al. 2006;Kadereit & al. 2011;Xiao 2013;Liu & al. 2014) revealed that patterns of relationship cut across traditional generic delimitations (see alsoFig. 1). First, three subgroups ofPapaver, i.e. (1)Papaver s.str. (all sections exceptP. sect.Argemonidium Spach,P. sect.Californica Kadereit,P. sect.Horrida Elkan andP. sect.Meconella Spach), (2)P. californicum A. Gray (P. sect.Californica) and (3)P. aculeatum Thunb. (P. sect.Horrida) form a clade together withMeconopsiscambrica (L.) Vig. andStylomecon heterophylla (Benth.) G. Taylor. Second,P. sect.Argemonidium is most closely related toRoemeria. Third,P. sect.Meconella Spach is most closely related to one of three subgroups ofMeconopsis. While this pattern of relationships allows several classifications, the following option has partly been followed (Kadereit & Baldwin 2011;Kadereit & al. 2011). A newly circumscribedPapaver should containMeconopsis cambrica, Papaver s.str.,P. aculeatum, P.californicum andStylomecon heterophylla. Of the species found in Germany,P. confine Jord.,P. dubium L.,P. lecoqii Lamotte andP. rhoeas L. would remain inPapaver. Meconopsis cambrica was originally described asP. cambricum L., and the nameP. heterophyllum (Benth.) Greene is available forStylomecon heterophylla. Papaver sect.Argemonidium, represented byP. argemone andP. hybridum in the German flora, should be united withRoemeria, with which it shares sepal and pollen characters (Kadereit & al. 1997). The combinationR. argemone (L.) C. Morales & al. is available forP. argemone.

AlthoughPapaver alpinum L. as part ofP. sect.Meconella should clearly be excluded fromPapaver, the exact relationships ofP. sect.Meconella to HimalayanMeconopsis are not sufficiently clear yet to suggest a formal name. However, it seems to be sister clade to a newly circumscribedMeconopsis (excl.Cathcartia Hook. f. andM. cambrica) and probably is best treated as a distinct genus.

Crassulaceae (J. T. Klein)

Sedum L. has repeatedly been shown to be highly polyphyletic (van Ham & al. 1994;van Ham & 't Hart 1998;Mort & al. 2001;Mayuzumi & Ohba 2004;Gontcharova & al. 2006;Carrillo-Reyes & al. 2009). In the most recent phylogenetic analysis ofCrassulaceae based on combined nuclear ITS and chloroplast DNA (Klein & Kadereit in prep.), the 20 species ofSedum found in Germany fall into several lineages.

  • (1)Sedum rosea (L.) Scop. represents a lineage that is often accepted as the genusRhodiola L., with c. 60 spp. mostly found in C and E Asia, in whichS. rosea should be known asR. rosea L.

  • (2)Sedum spurium M. Bieb. represents a lineage that is often accepted as the genusPhedimus Raf., with c. 20 spp. mostly found in SW to E Asia, in whichS. spurium should be known asP. spurius (M. Bieb.) 't Hart.Phedimus andRhodiola are sister to each other and could be combined in one genus. However, among other morphological differences,Phedimus spp. have hermaphrodite flowers, whereas mostRhodiola spp. have unisexual flowers.

  • (3)Sedum maximum (L.) Hoffm.,S. telephium L. andS. vulgare (Haw.) Link represent a lineage that is often accepted as the genusHylotelephium H. Ohba, with c. 30 spp. distributed mainly in C and E Asia, and should be known asH. maximum (L.) Holub,H. telephium (L.) H. Ohba andH. vulgare (Haw.) Holub, respectively.Hylotelephium is closely related to the C to E Asian generaMeterostachys Nakai,Orostachys Fisch. (non-monophyletic, see below) andSinocrassula A. Berger.

  • (4)Sedum forsterianum Sm.,S. ochroleucum Chaix andS. rupestre L. represent a lineage that should be accepted as the genusPetrosedum Grulich, as was done, e.g., by Thiede & Eggli (2007).Petrosedum is closely related to a small group of SW AsianSedum spp. that has not yet been excluded fromSedum (S. ser.Nana 't Hart & Alpinar).

The remaining species, including the type,Sedum acre L., fall into a large clade of the family that contains a large number of other genera (see below). If the species discussed above were to remain in a monophyleticSedum, essentially two thirds of the family would have to be included in that genus. Accordingly, segregation of three of the above four genera, i.e.Rhodiola, Phedimus andPetrosedum, is likely to be stable irrespective of future name changes in other parts of the family. As regardsHylotelephium, future name changes are conceivable because relationships between this genus and Meterostachys,Orostachys andSinocrassula are not yet fully resolved.

The large clade of the family containing the type consists of two subclades, known as the Leucosedum-clade and the Acre-clade (van Ham & 't Hart 1998), respectively.

The Leucosedum-clade, which also includesDudleya Britton & Rose,Mucizonia A. Berger,Pistorinia DC.,Prometheum (A. Berger) H. Ohba,Rosularia Stapf, Telmissa Fenzl andSedella Britton & Rose, contains seven species of GermanSedum, i.e.S. album L.,S. atratum L.,S. cepaea L.,S. dasyphyllum L.,S. hispanicum L.,S. rubens L. andS. villosum L. These seven species are scattered across a number of subclades, which partly contain one or more of the genera listed above.

The remaining five species of GermanSedum, i.e.S. acre, S. alpestre Vill.,S. annuum L.,S. sexangulare L. andS. sarmentosum Bunge fall into the Acre-clade, which also includesCremnophila Rose,Echeveria DC.,Graptopetalum Rose,Lenophyllum Rose,Pachyphytum Link, Klotsch & Otto,Thompsonella Britton & Rose andVilladia Rose. In this Acre-clade,S. acre is supported sister to all remaining taxa, andS. alpestre, S. annuum,S. sarmentosum andS. sexangulare again are scattered across a number of subclades.

In view of the relationships described above, several potential options exist for a monophyleticSedum. (1)Sedum could be treated as monospecific with only its type,S. acre. Of course, species that have not been sampled yet may fall into this clade. (2) The entire Acre-clade could be treated asSedum. This, however, would imply inclusion ofCremnophila, Echeveria, Graptopetalum,Lenophyllum, Pachyphytum, Thompsonella andVilladia.Sedum in such circumscription would contain c. 500 species. (3) The Acre-clade and the Leucosedum-clade (with c. 160 species) could be combined intoSedum, which would require additional inclusion ofDudleya, Mucizonia,Pistorinia, Prometheum, Rosularia, Telmissa andSedella.

Whereas recognition of a monospecificSedum (option 1) would require description of a large number of genera for former species of that genus, options 2 and 3 would require combination in one genus of morphologically very different genera that are geographically widely distributed. Of these three options, option 1 appears best to us, although the new genera that will have to be described partly may not be easy to differentiate morphologically or geographically. However, asSedum has not yet been completely sampled, and many relationships within the Acre- and Leucosedum-clades are not supported, I recommend to retain allSedum species of the Acre- and Leucosedum-clades inSedum until relationships are understood better. However, suchSedum clearly is not monophyletic.

Saxifragaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

The non-monophyly ofSaxifraga L., first shown by Soltis & al. (1993), has been confirmed in several studies (for discussion seeFernández Prieto & al. 2013;Tkach & al. 2015). In particular, a group of 70–90 species from North America and Eurasia is only very distantly related to the remainder ofSaxifraga and has to be treated as the genusMicranthes Haw. The one species affected in the German flora isSaxifraga stellaris L., which should be treated asM. stellaris (L.) Galasso & al. Following Soltis (2007), the two genera are clearly distinct in pollen and ovule characters.

Linaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

A broadly sampled phylogeny ofLinum L. and relatives by McDill & al. (2009) showed that the South AmericanCliococca Bab., the North AmericanHesperolinon (A. Gray) Small andSclerolinon C. M. Rogers and the EurasianRadiola Hill (with onlyR. linoides Roth) are nested withinLinum. McDill & al. (2009) proposed to return these four genera toLinum, in which they have been classified before.Radiola linoides should then beL. radiola L.

Euphorbiaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Following Webster (2014; see discussion of literature there),Euphorbia L. is best treated as one large genus with >2000 spp. as the four major clades recognized (Chamaesyce, Esula, Euphorbia and Rhizanthium), partly treated as subgenera (see, e.g.,Bruyns & al. 2006;Zimmermann & al. 2010;Horn & al. 2012;Yang & al. 2012), cannot be defined morphologically. Accordingly, segregation of subclades, e.g. the Chamaesyce Clade (Webster 2014;E. subg.Chamaesyce Raf., e.g.Yang & al. 2012), at genus rank would result in a paraphyleticEuphorbia. In consequence, all species ofEuphorbia growing in Germany should be retained in that genus.

Fabaceae (C. M. Ritz)

The circumscription of the generaCytisus Desf. (40 spp.) andGenista L. (90 spp.) has been subject to long-standing discussions. The first published molecular phylogenies based on plastid (rbcL) and ITS data revealed two well-supported lineages,Cytisus andGenista, each containing numerous segregate taxa of uncertain position (Käss & Wink 1995,1997). Reviewing the published phylogenies, Cristofolini and Troia (2006) proposed a new sectional classification ofCytisus. Since raising all monophyletic entities withinCytisus s.l. to generic rank would lead to an impracticably high number of small and often monospecific genera, the authors advocated inclusion ofChamaecytisus Link. (30 spp.),Lembrotropis Griseb. (monospecific) andSarothamnus Wimm. (five spp.) inCytisus. Molecular studies did indeed not separateChamaecytisus fromCytisus s.str. (Käss & Wink 1995;Cubas & al. 2002;Pardo & al. 2004), and species with an intermediate morphology blur the boundaries between the two genera (Cristofolini & Conte 2002).Lembotropis nigricans (L.) Griseb. (Cytisus nigricans L.) is morphologically very distinct by its elongate racemes, calyx shape and naviculate hairs, but is phylogenetically nested withinCytisus (Käss & Wink 1995,1997).Sarothamnus scoparius (L.) W. D. J. Koch (C. scoparius (L.) Link), which is widespread in Europe, is part ofC. sect.Spartiopsis Dumort. with four more species distributed in the Iberian Peninsula (Cristofolini & Troia 2006).

Molecular phylogenies based on plastid and ITS markers support the monophyly of three subgenera ofGenista, but the segregate generaGenistella Ortega (Genista sagittalis L. /Genistella sagittalis (L.) Gams) andUlex L. (20 spp.;U. europaeus L. in Germany) are nested in theGenista clade (Pardo & al. 2004). However, a comprehensive revision of the complex is still missing.

The neophyticAmorpha fruticosa L. represents a poorly understood polyploid complex within the North American genusAmorpha L. (16 spp.). The monophyly of the genus is questionable: it is supported by plastid sequences, while phylogenies based on nuclear genes suggest its paraphyly because the clade also contains the North American shrubsErrazurizia rotundata (Wooton) Barneby andParryella filifolia Torr. & A. Gray (McMahon & Hufford 2004,2005;Straub & Doyle 2014). However,Amorpha is a Linnaean genus, and accordingly the name of the introducedA. fruticosa will remain unchanged if the above-named species are included inAmorpha.

Planted as ornamentals in Europe,Wisteria Nutt. contains four to seven deciduous lianas distributed in E Asia and North America. Phylogenetic reconstructions based on plastid and nuclear genes suggest the inclusion of the evergreen lianasAfgekia Craib andCallerya Endl. inWisteria (Li & al. 2014). SinceWisteria is the oldest name, the names of the cultivated species in Germany will be not affected.

Coronilla L. (nine spp.) andSecurigera DC. (13 spp.) each represent monophyletic entities in a highly supported clade that is sister toHippocrepis L. according to an ITS-based phylogeny (Sokoloff & al. 2007). However, detailed analyses based on other genetic markers so far are missing. Based on present knowledge, two options, either adopting a largeCoronilla s.l. includingSecurigera (Sokoloff 2003) or recognizing two genera (Lassen 1989), are equally possible. In the first case the nameC. varia L. and in the second caseS. varia (L.) Lassen should be used.

The most comprehensive study ofAnthyllis L., based on plastid and nuclear markers, support its monophyly whenHymenocarpus Rchb. is included inAnthyllis and the Mediterranean generaDorycnopsis Boiss. (two spp.) and the monospecificTripodion Medik, are segregated (Degtjareva & al. 2012). Contradicting results were reported in an ITS-based phylogenetic study with a relatively small taxon sampling (Nanni & al. 2004). This study placed two annual species ofAnthyllis, which were clearly part ofAnthyllis in the study by Degtjareva & al. (2012), together withTripodion nearLotus L. However, this result is questionable because resolution and taxon sampling were much lower than in the study by Degtjareva & al. (2012). In any case, the name of the GermanA. vulneraria L. would not be affected.Lotus (190 spp.) in its traditional circumscription is polyphyletic and divided into an Old World clade and several New World lineages (Allan & Porter 2000;Allan & al. 2003). The latter have now been recognized as four genera (Arambarri & al. 2005). Studies focusing on the highly supported Old World clade revealed that the segregate generaTetragonolobus Scop. (five spp.) andDorycnium Mill. (ten spp.) should be returned toLotus (Degtjareva & al. 2006;Degtjareva & al. 2008), a result already suggested by morphological studies (Polhill 1981). However, the phylogenies published so far rely on nuclear ribosomal DNA only. Since incongruencies between markers are a common phenomenon inFabaceae, additional genetic data are required. WhenDorycnium andTetragonolobus are included inLotus, the namesL. germanicus (Gremli) Peruzzi (D. germanicum (Gremli) Rikli),L. herbaceus (Vill.) Jauzein (D. herbaceum Vill.),L. hirsutus L. (D. hirsutum (L.) Ser.) andL. maritimus L. (T. maritimus (L.) Roth) should be used.

All phylogenies based on plastid and nuclear markers published so far suggest a close relationship betweenCalophaca Fisch.,Caragana L. and the monospecific AsianHalimodendron DC. (Sanderson & Wojciechowski 1996;Wojciechowski & al. 2000;Zhang & al. 2009;Duan & al. 2015). The morphologically distinctCalophaca andHalimodendron are probably nested withinCaragana, but statistical support for this was low and more research is needed (Zhang & al. 2009). In any case, the name of the introducedCaragana arborescens Lam. will not be affected by any changes in generic circumscriptions becauseCaragana is the oldest genus name.

The monophyly ofHedysarum L., containing c. 180 spp. distributed in the N hemisphere, still remains questionable. Two N African species have been excluded fromHedysarum and recognized asGreuteria Amirahmadi & Kaz. Osaloo (Amirahmadi & al. 2014). According to plastid phylogenies,Hedysarum (including the monospecific genusSartoria Boiss. from Turkey) is monophyletic (Amirahmadi & al. 2014;Duan & al. 2015). The close relationship ofHedysarum andSartoria has also been corroborated by biochemical analyses (Arslan & Ertuğrul 2010). In contrast, trees based on ITS sequences separatedH. sect.Hedysarum (containing the type,H. alpinum L.) fromH. sect.Multicaulia (Boiss.) B. Fedtsch. andH. sect.Stracheya (Benth.) B. H. Choi. The latter two were sister to a clade comprisingOnobrychis Mill. (Amirahmadi & al. 2014;Duan & al. 2015). Further studies including sequences of nuclear low-copy genes are needed to unravel the reasons for these incongruencies. If non-monophyly ofHedysarum should obtain further support, either all species ofOnobrychis and some other smaller genera should be transferred to a very largeHedysarum, orHedysarum should be split into several genera. In the latter case the nameH. hedysaroides (L.) Schinz & Thell. would remain unchanged because this species is closely related to the type of the genus name.

Similar results were obtained forOnobrychis Mill. Plastid phylogenies supportedOnobrychis as a monophyletic entity but ITS phylogenies failed to do so (Amirahmadi & al. 2014;Duan & al. 2015).

All published phylogenies revealed a close relationship betweenTrigonella L. (60 spp.) andMelilotus Mill. (20 spp.), which is supported by morphology (e.g. incised margin of stipules, notched apex of standard, smooth surface of seed coat). Most reconstructions based on either plastid, ITS or nuclear low-copy genes revealedTrigonella as paraphyletic in relation toMelilotus (Bena 2001;Steele & Wojciechowski 2003;Steele & al. 2010;Dangi & al. 2015). In contrast, a combined analysis of ITS and plastid data showed well-supported monophyly of both genera (Dangi & al. 2015). However, taxon sampling in both genera has not been sufficiently exhaustive to solve this problem. The so-called medicagoid species ofTrigonella (23 spp.) distributed in the Mediterranean area share a complex explosive tripping mechanism of pollination withMedicago (Small & al. 1987). In support of this, nuclear ribosomal sequences corroborate the inclusion of these species inMedicago (Bena 2001).

A recent comprehensive study of tribeVicieae based on plastid and ITS sequences revealed that neitherVicia L. (140 spp.) norLathyrus L. (160 spp.) are monophyletic in their current delimitation (Schaefer & al. 2012). Comparable results were also obtained by earlier studies based onmatK sequences of a small number of species (Steele & Wojciechowski 2003;Wojciechowski & al. 2004).Lathyrus is paraphyletic in relation to two monophyletic groups: the CaucasianVavilovia Fed. (two spp.) andPisum L. (three spp.;Smykal & al. 2011;Schaefer & al. 2012).Vicia appears to be paraphyletic because annual species ofV. sect.Ervum (L.) Taub. (e.g.V. tetrasperma (L.) Schreb.) andV. sect.Ervilia (Link.) W. Koch (includingV. sect.Ervoides (Godr.) Kupicha andTrigonellopsis Rech. f. andV. hirsuta (L.) Gray) were sister toLathyrus s.l. and the remaining species ofVicia includingLens Mill, (four spp.;Schaefer & al. 2012). Schaefer & al. (2012) recommended the inclusion ofPisum andVavilovia inLathyrus. Vicia could be then recognized as a monophyletic entity by includingLens and re-transferringV. articulata Hornem.,V. ervilia (L.) Willd.,V. hirsuta (L.) Gray,V. parviflora Cav.,V. sylvatica L. andV. tetrasperma (L.) Schreber to eitherErvilia Link orErvum L.

Polygalaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Several studies (Eriksen 1993;Persson 2001;Forest & al. 2007;Abbott 2011), of which the study by Abbott (2011), although not including full results, used a large sample and both nuclear and plastid sequences, have shown that the large genusPolygala L. is highly polyphyletic. In consequence, several segregate genera of groups formerly included inPolygala have been proposed (for summary seePastore 2012). Of the species ofPolygala known in Germany,P. chamaebuxus L. should be removed fromPolygala. According to Abbott (2011), this species is part of a lineage which should be calledPolygaloides Haller and be treated asP. chamaebuxus (L.) O. Schwarz. Although not all other German species of the genus were sampled in any of the published phylogenies, their close relationship to each other has been documented (Lack 1995) and it seems safe to assume that they all will remain inPolygala.

Rosaceae (B. Gehrke)

Many genera of thePotentilleae, such asComarum L.,Dasiphora Raf.,Duchesnea Sm. and evenFragaria L., have at some point been included inPotentilla L. (Mabberley 2002). However, recent molecular phylogenetic work clearly showed thatFragariinae andPotentillinae are distinct lineages. Based on molecular work authors tend to recognizePotentillinae as comprising only two genera. These are (1)Potentilla s.str. excludingP. fruticosa L.,P. palustris (L.) Scop, andP. rupestris L. (see below) and including, amongst others,Duchesnea indica (Andrews) Teschem (asP. indica (Andrews) Th. Wolf), which is deeply nested inPotentilla s.str., and (2)Argentina Hill (Feng & al. 2015), a mostly Asian group, includingP. anserina L. (as A.anserina (L.) Rydb.). The separation ofArgentina s.l. andPotentilla s.str., which are sister lineages, is based on differences in the insertion of the styles, withPotentilla s.str. having subterminal styles, whereasArgentina has lateral ones (Dobes & Paule 2010;Sojak 2010;Feng & al. 2015). However, considering the relationship between these two genera, it would also be possible not to recognizeArgentina as a separate genus and use the namePotentilla for all species of thePotentillinae (Eriksson & al. 2015).

The other monophyletic subtribe in thePotentilleae, theFragariinae, has its highest species diversity in Asia and includes numerous smaller lineages as well asAlchemilla L.,Fragaria andSibbaldia L. Well nested inFragariinae and more closely related toFragaria than toAlchemilla or evenPotentilla areP. fruticosa andP. rupestris. These should be treated asDasiphora fruticosa (L.) Rydb., a monospecific genus, andDrymocallis rupestris (L.) Soják.Drymocallis Soják is a small genus confined to the N hemisphere. Alternatively,Fragaria could be extended to includeDasiphora andDrymocallis, amongst some other Asian groups, but the genus then would no longer be united by its characteristic fleshy receptacle. LeavingD. fruticosa andD. rupestris inPotentilla would necessitate includingAlchemilla, Fragaria andSibbaldia inPotentilla as well, which is obviously not desirable. Most authors therefore seem to prefer to recognizeDasiphora andDrymocallis as genera separate fromFragaria.

Alchemilla forms a clade withAphanes L. and the mainly South AmericanLachemilla Rydb., easily recognizable by the lack of petals and the presence of only four calyx and epicalyx lobes (Notov & Kusnetzova 2004;Gehrke & al. 2008). Molecular phylogenetic work revealed the existence of a fourth, previously unknown clade withAlchemilla species from Africa (Gehrke & al. 2008).Aphanes is clearly nested amongAlchemilla, Lachemilla and AfricanAlchemilla (Gehrke & al. 2008). As there are no obvious morphological features to separate the African clade ofAlchemilla from the European clade, and the entire clade is readily recognizable by floral morphology despite differences in life cycle, size and leaf morphology, I would like to recommend to includeAphanes inAlchemilla leading to reusing the namesAlchemilla arvensis (L.) Scop. forAphanes arvensis L. andAlchemilla microcarpa Boiss & Reut. forAphanes inexspectata W. Lippert. Irrespective of this,Alchemilla, Aphanes, andLachemilla in their traditional circumscriptions differ in habit and some details of floral morphology. WhereasAlchemilla andLachemilla species are perennial and usually have four introrse stamens inserted at the outer side of the discus (Alchemilla) or 2(-4) extrorse stamens inserted at the inner side of the discus (Lachemilla), Aphanes species are annual or short-lived and have only a single extrorse stamen at the inner side of the discus.

Potentilla palustris is most closely related toAlchemilla as circumscribed above according to chloroplast data and toSibbaldia using nuclear data. Unless included in either of these two genera, which is not desirable from a morphological point of view, it should be reinstated asComarum palustre L. It seems that especially the Asian species ofSibbaldia require more work (Eriksson & al. 2015), but it is most likely thatS. procumbens L. can retain its name.

Molecular phylogenetic work in combination with morphological character optimization has shown thatRosaceae contain only three major lineages (Potter & al. 2007):Dryadoideae, Rosoideae andSpiraeoideae. The last includes the formerly recognizedAmygdaloideae, Maloideae, Prunoideae as well asPyrinae. Evolution of derived fruit types (pome, drupe, achene) has been shown to be more complex than traditionally hypothesized (Morgan & al. 1994;Potter & al. 2002;Potter & al. 2007).

In the newly definedSpiraeoideae, the most prominent result of molecular phylogenetic work is the recognition that the species ofSorbus L. fall into two major clades. As part of the first major clade,Sorbus s.str., which is closely related toPyrus L., should include only pinnate-leaved species (Campbell & al. 2007;Potter & al. 2007;Lo & Donoghue 2012). In this clade,S. domestica L. should be placed in the monospecific genusCormus Spach according to Lo & Donoghue (2012) because this species is sister to a clade formed bySorbus s.str. andMicromeles Decne. according to chloroplast data, with a weakly supported incongruent placement ofMi-cromeles as sister toAria (Pers.) Host (see below) according to nuclear ITS sequences. If this approach were taken, the only species remaining inSorbus found in Germany would be the type,S. aucuparia L. Chloroplast and combined chloroplast and nuclear data suggest thatSorbus species with simple leaves are not closely related toSorbus s.str., but are a subclade of the second major clade also includingCydonia Mill.,Malus Mill. and others. In this subclade of simple-leavedSorbus species, Lo & Donoghue (2012) suggested to recognize the monospecific generaAria (withS. aria (L.) Crantz apparently asA. nivea Host),Chamaemespilus Medik. (withS. chamaemespilus (L.) Crantz asC. alpina (Mill.) K. R. Robertson & J. B. Phipps) andTorminalis Medik. (withS. torminalis (L.) Crantz asT. clusii (M. Roem.) K. R. Robertson & J. B. Phipps). However,Chamaemespilus andTorminalis form a well-supported clade together withAria and could also be included inAria (Li & al. 2012a;Lo & Donoghue 2012;Sennikov 2014). Lo & Donoghue (2012) pointed out that the former inclusion ofAria and satellite genera inSorbus reflects the finding that numerous apomictic microspecies in Europe and W Asia are of apparent hybrid origin involving species ofAria (incl.Torminalis) andSorbus s.str. (Aas & al. 1994;Nelson-Jones & al. 2002). Maintainance ofSorbus as one genus would require sinkingCotoneaster Medik.,Crataegus L.,Malus Mill. and many other genera inPyrus L. (Sennikov 2014), which is evidently even less desirable.

Rhamnaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Phylogenetic studies inRhamnaceae, focusing onFrangula Mill. andRhamnus L., suggested thatFrangula andRhamnus are distinct genera, and thatRhamnus is best divided intoRhamnus s.str., the Old World genusOreoherzogia W. Vent and the New World genusVentia Hauenschild (Hauenschild & al. 2016). Of the German species ofRhamnus, R. pumila Turra falls intoOreoherzogia, in which it should be known asO. pumila (Turra) W. Vent. Following Hauenschild & al. (2016),Rhamnus s.str. andOreoherzogia can be distinguished by the number of lateral leaf vein pairs (3–5 inRhamnus, 6–20 inOreoherzogia) and by the position of a seed furrow (lateral-medial inRhamnus, dorso-medial inOreoherzogia).

Urticaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Evidence has been presented that the generic circumscription ofParietaria L. in relation toGesnouinia Gaudich. andSoleirolia Gaudich. may require modification (Wu & al. 2013). However, no sufficiently well-sampled phylogeny is available yet to tackle this problem.

Myricaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Myrica L. has been found to be diphyletic by Huguet & al. (2005). Following these authors (for discussion of nomenclature see their paper),M. gale L. lectotypifies the genus nameMyrica, andM. pensylvanica Mirb. should be treated asMorella pensylvanica (Mirb.) Kartesz.

Onagraceae (C. M. Ritz)

Heterogeneity ofEpilobium L. in stamen characters had already been noticed by Linnaeus. Several sections are recognized in the genus, of which onlyE. sect.Chamaenerion Ség. andE. sect.Epilobium grow in Germany. While the former has alternate leaves, weakly zygomorphic flowers with only a very short hypanthium, almost entire petals, recurved stamens of almost equal length, a recurved style and pollen in monads (type:E. angustifolium L.),E. sect.Epilobium has opposite leaves, actinomorphic flowers with a distinct hypanthium, emarginate petals, erect stamens of different length, an erect style and pollen in tetrads (lectotype:E. hirsutum L.). All phylogenetic analyses of the family, partly using a broad taxon sampling and both nuclear and plastid sequences (Baum & al. 1994;Levin & al. 2003,2004) invariably demonstrated thatE. sect.Chamaenerion is sister to the remainder of the genus. Considering this pattern of relationship, it is both possible to treatE. sect.Chamaenerion at generic rank on account of its morphological distinctness, as was done in most North American Floras, or to include it inEpilobium. If treated as a distinct genus, this would affect classification ofE. angustifolium, E. dodonaei Will. andE.fleischeri Hochst. The nameChamaenerion has long been discussed controversially.Chamaenerion Ség. instead ofChamaenerion Hill orChamerion Raf. has to be used according to Sennikov (2011).

As shown in the well-sampled phylogeny ofOnagraceae by Levin & al. (2004),Oenothera L. is only monophyletic whenCalylophus Spach,Gaura L. andStenosiphon Spach are included, as was done by Wagner & al. (2007).

Lythraceae (J. W. Kadereit)

A phylogenetic analysis ofLythraceae including several species ofLythrum L. andPeplis portula L. (Morris 2007) clearly showed thatPeplis L. is deeply nested inLythrum and should, as already done by Webb (1967), be treated asL. portula (L.) D. A. Webb.

Malvaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

A well-sampled phylogenetic analysis ofAlcea L.,Althaea L.,Lavatera L. andMalva L. using nuclear and plastid sequences by Escobar García & al. (2009) revealed that, probably with the exception ofAlcea, these genera are not monophyletic. This had been shown before forLavatera andMalva by Ray (1995). The two species ofAlthaea found in Germany fall into two only distantly related clades, withAlthaea hirsuta L. as representative of one clade more closely related toMalva /Lavatera andAlthaea officinalis L. as representative of the second clade more closely related toAlcea. Species ofMalva fall into three separate clades, of which the one containingM. alcea L. andM. moschata L. is more closely related to one of two clades ofLavatera that containsL. thuringiaca L. than to a second clade ofMalva withM. verticillata L.,M. sylvestris L. andM. neglecta Wallr. As is evident, these patterns of relationship require taxonomic changes. Escobar García & al. (2009) did not present a new classification of this “Malva alliance”, but both Banfi & al. (2005,2011) and Stace (2010) suggested to recognize an enlargedMalva containingLavatera andAlthaea hirsuta and relatives.

Resedaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

A phylogenetic analysis of a broad sample ofResedaceae using nuclear and plastid sequences by Martín-Bravo & al. (2007) demonstrated thatReseda L. is paraphyletic in relation to the generaOchradenus, Oligomeris andRandonia. This group of genera consists of two major lineages, and the four species ofReseda found in Germany fall into both.Reseda alba L. andR. luteola L. fall into two different subclades of the lineage that also containsOligomeris, whereasR. lutea L. andR. odorata L. fall into two different subclades of the lineage that also containsOchradenus andRandonia. Although the authors argued thatOchradenus andRandonia should be recognized at generic rank, they do not propose subdivision ofReseda into smaller genera. If this should eventually be proposed, the nameReseda would have to be applied to a clade containingR. lutea, the type of the genus name.

Brassicaceae (M. A. Koch)

Brassicaceae, currently recognized to contain 325 genera in 51 tribes (Al-Shehbaz 2012;Koch & al. 2012;Kiefer & al. 2014), show high levels of homoplasy in almost every morphological character used in the circumscription of tribes and genera in the past. Consequently, reliable systematic concepts often have to be obtained from molecular data, and many changes of tribal and generic circumscriptions have become necessary.

Based on molecular data,Erophila DC. is nested inDraba L. (Jordon-Thaden & al. 2010) and should be included in that genus, andE. verna (L.) Chevall. should be known asD. verna L. If recognized at species rank,E. praecox (Stev.) DC. andE. spathulata Lang should beD. praecox (Stev.) andD. spathulata (Lang) Sadler, respectively.

Several species of a formerly widely definedArabis L. have to be transferred to other genera:A. glabra (L.) Bernh. has to be treated asTurritis glabra L.,A. pauciflora Garcke asFourraea alpina (L.) Greuter & Burdet andA. turrita L. asPseudoturritis turrita (L.) Al-Shehbaz (Koch & al. 1999,2000,2001;Karl & Koch 2014). None of these three genera groups in tribeArabideae any longer (Koch & al. 2007;Couvreur & al. 2010). Even after these changes,Arabis is still a paraphyletic taxon. SinceA. alpina L. is the type of the genus name, all remainingArabis species might be transferred to newly introduced genera in the future.

Cardaminopsis Hayek is the sister group ofArabidopsis thaliana (L.) Heynh. (Koch & Matschinger 2007;Hohmann & al. 2014), and it has been widely accepted to includeCardaminopsis inArabidopsis Heinh. The German species ofCardaminopsis will beA. arenosa (L.) Lawalrée,A. halleri (L.) O'Kane & Al-Shehbaz andA. lyrata subsp.petraea (L.) O'Kane & Al-Shehbaz (Al-Shehbaz 2012;Kiefer & al. 2014).

A new classification ofThlaspi L. was proposed four decades ago (Meyer 1973,1979), recognizing the generaMicrothlaspi F. K. Mey.,Noccaea Moench andThlaspi for species ofThlaspi s.l. in the German flora. This concept has been confirmed by a series of molecular studies (e.g.Mummenhoff & al. 1997a,1997b;Koch & Mummenhoff 2001).Microthlaspi andNoccaea do not group in tribeThlaspideae, but are members of tribeColuteocarpeae (Koch & German 2013). For the German flora,T. caerulescens J. Presl & C. Presl,T. cepaeifolia (Wulfen) Koch andT. montanum L. were transferred toNoccaea and should be recognized asN. caerulescens (J. Presl & C. Presl) F. K. Mey.,N. cepaeifolia (Wulfen) Rchb. andN. montana (L.) L. K. Mey., respectively.Thlaspi perfoliatum, with its two morphologically slightly differentiated cytotypes (T. erraticum Jord. andT. improperum Jord.;Koch & Bernhardt 2004), has to be included inMicrothlaspi asM. perfoliatum (L.) F. K. Mey. It has also been proposed to combine most genera of tribeColuteocarpeae in a broadly definedNoccaea (Al-Shehbaz 2012). However, since comprehensive molecular analyses of the entire tribe with its more than 125 species (Koch & German 2013) are lacking, this concept should not be followed at the moment.

Considering the German flora,Alyssum saxatile L. has been shown to be member of a clade including various species ofAurinia Desv., which is sister toBornmuellera Hausskn. andClypeola L. (Cecchi & al. 2010;Resetnik & al. 2013). Consequently,A. saxatile is best treated asAurinia saxatilis (L.) Desv. All otherAlyssum species in Germany belong to a then monophyleticAlyssum.

Integration ofDentaria L. inCardamine L. (Carlsen & al. 2009) and ofCoronopus Mill. inLepidium L. (Al-Shehbaz & al. 2002;Mummenhoff & al. 2008) is strongly supported and both are nested in the respective genera in molecular analyses. The fourDentaria species of the German flora should be known asCardamine bulbifera (L.) Crantz,C. enneaphyllos (L.) Crantz,C. heptaphyllos (Vill.) O. E. Schulz andC. pentaphyllos (L.) Crantz.Coronopus didymus (L.) Sm. andC. squamatus (Forrsk.) Asch. are now best treated asLepidium didymum L. andL. coronopus (L.) Al-Shehbaz, respectively.

Pritzelago Kuntze andHymenolobus Nutt. of tribeErysimeae are best included inHornungia Bernh. These three genera form a well-supported clade (Mummenhoff & al. 2001;Kropf & al. 2003), and it has been demonstrated that there is no single character that reliably distinguishes the three genera (Al-Shehbaz & Appel 1997). Consequently, the following names should be used:Hornungia alpina (L.) O. Appel,H. petraea (L.) Rchb. andH. procumbens (L.) Hayek.

Maximum-likelihood trees derived from ITS1 and ITS2 sequences available from BrassiBase (Koch & al. 2012;Kiefer & al. 2014;  http://brassibase.cos.uni-heidelberg.de/ clearly show thatCheiranthus cheiri L. is nested inErysimum L., where it should be calledE. cheiri (L.) Crantz.Hirschfeldia Moench of tribeBrassiceae consists of one species only:H. incana (L.) Lagr.-Fossat is most closely related toErucastrum C. Presl. (including its type,E. virgatum C. Presl.;Arias & al. 2014). However, sinceErucastrum as currently treated is a polyphyletic genus, and various otherErucastrum species might be transferred to different genera in future (Arias & Pires 2012), it seems best to keepHirschfeldia separate until various phylogenetic hypotheses have been tested in more detail.

Santalaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Thesium L. was found to be monophyletic only when the generaAustroamericum Hendrych andThesidium Sonder are included (Moore & al. 2010). Discussing the options of either sinking these two genera intoThesium or maintaining them, requiring splitting ofThesium in its traditional circumscription into several smaller genera, Moore & al. (2010) preferred the former option for morphological reasons.

Polygonaceae (K. Wesche)

InRumex L. two monophyletic subgenera can be distinguished:R. subg.Acetosa (Mill.) Rech. f. andR. subg.Rumex. This is the approach currently chosen in most C European floras, although it is possible (but not mandatory) to raise these subgenera to generic rank (Hejný & Slavik 1990). According to molecular analyses,R. subg.Acetosa includes the sometimes separately treatedR. subg.Acetosella (Meisn.) Rech. f. (Schuster & al. 2015). This is supported by shared morphological characters, e.g. the presence of hastate leaves.

The taxonomy ofPolygonum L. has posed particular challenges. The traditional broad concept had survived two centuries in spite of repeated criticism including calls to split the genus into up to nine sections, which commenced as early as 1856 (Meisner 1856). Based on morphological evidence, Haraldson (1978) reinforced these earlier proposals for splittingPolygonum, which have since been confirmed by studies of both plastid and nuclear DNA markers (Lamb Frye & Kron 2003;Galasso & al. 2009;Schuster & al. 2015).Polygonum s.l. clearly is polyphyletic and should be split into several genera, partly even belonging to different tribes. Some details, however, are still controversial, given that new molecular studies continue to differ from preceding ones, and no final conclusions have been reached. Accordingly, all inferences remain somewhat tentative.

Species of tribePolygoneae have outer tepals with one primary vein and include a range of life forms.Polygonum s.str. is characterized by a distinct pollen morphology and by outer tepals that do not develop large appendages in fruit (Schuster & al. 2011a). In Germany it comprises few, mainly ruderal species(P. aviculare L. agg. - includingP. arenastrum Borean,P. oxyspermum Ledeb. andP. raii Bab., the latter sometimes treated as a subspecies ofP. oxyspermum). In our context, these species are distinct by having essentially solitary or at the most approximate flowers in axillary glomerules and a silvery ochrea. Genetic studies support the monophyly ofPolygonum L. s.str. (Schuster & al. 2015).

A clade related toPolygonum L. s.str. contains the generaReynoutria Houtt. andFallopia Adans. Their taxonomy is notorious for frequent changes and their treatment is inconsistent among C European Floras (Fischer & al. 2008;Jäger 2011;Tison & de Foucoult 2014).Fallopia in its traditional circumscription contains mostly lianas, whileReynoutria includes extremely tall herbs that are invasive in many regions. Both taxa share the presence of extrafloral nectaries and have wings on the floral bracts. Viable intergeneric hybrids are known, and polyploidy and extreme morphological variability add to the taxonomic difficulties. In consequence,Reynoutria has often been included in a broaderFallopia s.l., where it was treated as a section. Uncertainty about the treatment of the two genera pertains, although molecular approaches have used both chloroplast and nuclear markers for a very good taxonomic coverage. These studies support the monophyly of each of the two genera (Schuster & al. 2011b,2015). The S hemisphereMuehlenbeckia Meisn., however, has been identified as closely related (Haraldson 1978), and recent molecular studies implied that it is indeed sister toFallopia (Schuster & al. 2011b,2015). This is in line with the fact that bothFallopia andMuehlenbeckia share a base chromosome number of 10 (11 inReynoutria) and contain flavones (absent inReynoutria). IncludingReynoutria but notMuehlenbeckia in a broadly circumscribedFallopia would thus result in a polyphyletic group. In view of this, keepingFallopia,Muehlenbeckia andReynoutria as separate genera currently is the best — but not necessarily final — solution.

The second large tribe relevant for relationships ofPolygonum s.l. in Germany are thePersicarieae, which are monophyletic and morphologically distinct by the presence of three veins arising from the base of the tepals, of nectaries and of non-dilated stamen filaments (Lamb Frye & Kron 2003;Kim & Donoghue 2008;Sanchez & Kron 2008). The tribe includesAconogonon (Meisn.) Rchb.,Bistorta Mill, andPersicaria (L.) Mill.Persicaria is characterized by spicate or capitate panicles, a usually entire but often ciliate or pectinate ochrea, and has 4–8 stamens and 4 or 5 tepals. All recent treatments agree that it is monophyletic and should be excluded from tribePolygoneae (Kim & Donoghue 2008;Fan & al. 2013). Thus, the following combinations should be used for the German species:Persicaria amphibia (L.) Delarbre,P.hydropiper (L.) Delarbre,P. lapathifolia (L.) Delarbre,P.maculosa Gray,P. minor (Huds.) Opiz,P. mitis (Schrank) Assenov andP. pensylvanica (L.) M. Gómez. Except forP. maculosa (formerlyPolygonum persicaria L.), epithets could be directly adopted from former names inPolygonum. Although the highly variableP. amphibia is a morphologically distinct taxon withinPersicaria (Kim & Donoghue 2008), there is no need to raise it to genus level (Galasso & al. 2009).

Bistorta Mill, is morphologically distinct (with a rosette of basal leaves and usually only one terminal, spicate panicle), and both chloroplast and nuclear data imply that it is monophyletic withinPersicarieae (Kim & Donoghue 2008;Fan & al. 2013). Molecular approaches, however, are not fully consistent with respect to its exact relationships toAconogonon andKoenigia L. Nonetheless, most current Floras and also molecular studies (Galasso & al. 2009;Sanchez & al. 2011;Schuster & al. 2011a) accept its generic rank. The German species thus have to be namedB. officinalis Delarbre andB. vivipara (L.) Delarbre (formerlyPolygonum bistorta L. andP. viviparum L., respectively).

The taxonomy ofAconogonon is particularly complicated. Species in this group have been placed inPersicaria,Polygonum orRubrivena M. Krái (the last forA. polystachyum (Meisn.) Small as the only species ofAconogonon s.l. occurring in Germany). Recent molecular studies implied thatAconogonon species are distinct fromBistorta andPersicaria, but also revealed their close relationship with the mostly boreal and polarKoenigia (Galasso & al. 2009;Sanchez & al. 2009).Aconogonon andKoenigia have broadly similar pollen, and the two genera cannot easily be separated by morphological characters. Studies based on cpDNA have suggested thatKoenigia in its traditional circumscription may be nested betweenAconogonon andRubrivena (Sanchez & al. 2011). The so-far most comprehensive study covering many taxa and employing both cpDNA and nuclear markers (Schuster & al. 2015) confirms this close relationship and finds one large clade that comprises all analysed species ofAconogonon andKoenigia (andRubrivena). While mostKoenigia species form a distinct group, some (but not all!) accessions ofK. delicatula (Meisn.) H. Hara are sister group to a clade comprising otherAconogonon andKoenigia species (incl.A. polystachyum). This implies thatKoenigia in its traditional sense is not monophyletic. Relationships ofAconogonon are even more puzzling, with a number of polyploid Aconogonon species being more closely related toKoenigia than to other members of the genus. Moreover, different accessions of someAconogonon species appear on very different branches in theAconogonon /Koenigia clade. Details of the evolution of this group clearly are not fully understood, and thus Schuster & al. (2015) advocate the fusion of all taxa in one large genus. They propose to unite them under the nameKoenigia, which was chosen for priority reasons. These authors also draw the necessary taxonomic consequences and provide the new combinationK. polystachya (Meisn.) T. M. Schust. & Reveal.

Though using a somewhat smaller species set, Fan & al. (2013) also presented a comprehensive molecular study, which confirmed the odd position ofK. delicatula (plus oneAconogonon species). In their analysis, A.polystachyum is nested within otherAconogonon species, which jointly form the sister clade to the coreKoenigia species. Fan & al. (2013) also discussed the possibility to adopt a broad concept ofKoenigia. However, they acknowledged that merging the largerAconogonon in the smallerKoenigia is somewhat impractical and also remarked on the apparently different chromosome base numbers in the two groups. They advocated keeping the two genera independent and placing the oddK. delicatula in a new monospecific genus, for which no valid name is available yet. This would also be supported by some of its morphological features that are transient toPersicaria. Splitting the whole complex into several, partly new genera indeed is an alternative solution to the problem implied by the tree of Schuster & al. (2015), but would presumably result in the formation of many small genera such asRubrivena. Given that details of the evolution ofAcononogon /Koenigia remain unclear, I opt for an intermediate position. The special position ofAconogonon andKoenigia inPersicarieae is undebated, but instead of drawing far-reaching taxonomic consequences, I rather acknowledge the level of uncertainty by keepingAconogonon as a separate genus for the time being. In line with Fan & al. (2013), I regard evidence for a separate genusRubrivena as questionable and maintain the established name A.polystachyum for the taxon occurring in C Europe.

Caryophyllaceae (M. S. Dillenberger)

Regarding generic delimitations in theCaryophyllaceae, Greenberg & Donoghue (2011) stated: “none of the eight largest genera (Arenaria, Cerastium, Dianthus, Gypsophila,Minuartia, Paronychia, Silene, Stellaria) appear to be strictly monophyletic”. For some genera taxonomic adjustments have already been made (e.g.Dillenberger & Kadereit 2014), but not for all. All taxonomic changes that were recently made for taxa in the German flora, or that need to be made in the future, are related to these eight genera.

There are several problems concerning the monophyly ofCerastium L. andStellaria L.Cerastium is an almost cosmopolitan genus with about 100 species.Stellaria is cosmopolitan, too, and contains c. 120 species (Mabberley 2008). Both genera have emarginate to deeply lobed petals, but this character is shared with other genera, e.g.Myosoton Moench (Bittrich 1993).Myosoton is a monospecific genus, withM. aquaticum (L.) Moench as its only species. This species has recently (Jäger 2011;Seybold 2011) been treated as part ofStellaria, asS. aquatica L. This is congruent with the findings of Greenberg & Donoghue (2011), whereS.aquatica is nested with good support in a clade of severalStellaria species, includingS. media (L.) Vill. but not the type ofStellaria, S. holostea L., and is closely related toS. bungeana Fenzl. Unfortunately,Stellaria does not become monophyletic by includingMyosoton. With good support,S. holostea is sister to a clade containing the largest part ofStellaria, but alsoCerastium, Holosteum L. andMoenchia Ehrh. Furthermore,Cerastium is not monophyletic since a well-supported clade of two species,C. cerastoides (L.) Britton andC. dubium (Bastard) Guépin, is sister toHolosteum. This position is poorly supported, butMoenchia is sister to the rest ofCerastium with good support, making it impossible to retain the twoCerastium species inCerastium without including at leastMoenchia. To amend these various violations of monophyly there are at least two possible solutions:

  • (1) The first solution is to mergeCerastium, Holosteum,Moenchia andStellaria (includingMyosoton) in one large genus with c. 230 species. Which name among those with equal priority (i.e.Cerastium, Holosteum andStellaria) is correct for this genus needs further investigation. This genus combines most species with deeply lobed petals, but also some species with entire or emarginate petals.

  • (2) The second solution is to change generic circumscriptions and to describe new genera. On the basis of the phylogeny of Greenberg & Donoghue (2011), it is clear thatStellaria needs to be split into different genera.Stellaria retains onlyS. holostea and probably closely related species that were not included in the phylogeny of Greenberg & Donoghue (2011). The largest number ofStellaria species have to be transferred to a new genus. This new genus contains all former GermanStellaria species exceptS. holostea. This genus is then sister to a clade containingCerastium, Holosteum andMoenchia. Moenchia can be retained unmodified and is sister toCerastium.Cerastium contains all German species with four or more styles. The two species with three styles that are sister toHolosteum, i.e.C. cerastoides andC. dubium, are best included inHolosteum, which also has three styles, or those two species (and maybe otherCerastium species from other regions with three styles) should be treated as a new genus. Both solutions require a large number of taxonomic changes and a decision between them cannot be easily made. However, changes in the circumscription of the above genera are inevitable.

InGypsophila L. and relatives of interest (i.e.Dianthus L.,Petrorhagia (Ser.) Link andVaccaria Wolf.) two issues need to be discussed. The first is the treatment ofVaccaria. Vaccaria is a monospecific genus containing onlyV. hispanica (Mill.) Rauschert. This species is native to Eurasia, especially the Mediterranean region, but has become naturalized in large parts of the world (S Africa, Australia and North and South America). The phylogeny of Greenberg & Donoghue (2011) unambiguously placedVaccaria withinGypsophila. It differs fromGypsophila mainly by its calyx wings. The position in the phylogeny allows two alternative solutions.

  • (1)Vaccaria remains a monospecific genus that is sister to the largest part ofGypsophila. Therefore at leastG. takhtadzhanii Schischk. ex Ikonn, has to be excluded fromGypsophila because it is sister toVaccaria and the rest ofGypsophila.

  • (2)Vaccaria hispanica is included inGypsophila asG. vaccaria (L.) Sm.

I prefer the second solution for different reasons.Vaccaria is quite similar toGypsophila and its inclusion in that genus will not require large changes in the circumscription ofGypsophila. The other point is that it is difficult to justify splittingGypsophila into different genera only to retainVaccaria as an independent genus. As Greenberg & Donoghue (2011) included only few of the 150Gypsophila species in their phylogeny, I cannot foresee to what extent an independentVaccaria would affect subdivision ofGypsophila.

The second issue concerns the paraphyly ofPetrorhagia in relation toDianthus, and the position ofGypsophila muralis L. and several otherGypsophila species from outside Germany as sister toDianthus andPetrorhagia instead of being part of the rest ofGypsophila. Petrorhagia is a genus with 33 species distributed from the Canary Islands across the Mediterranean region to Kashmir (Mabberley 2008). Although the phylogeny of Greenberg & Donoghue (2011) contains only three species ofPetrorhagia, it unambiguously shows that the genus is paraphyletic. Two solutions seem possible:

  • (1)Dianthus, Petrorhagia andGypsophila muralis (and some moreGypsophila species from outside Germany) are included in a more broadly circumscribedDianthus.

  • (2)Petrorhagia is split into at least two genera, andG. muralis is transferred into a new, probably monospecific genus. Regarding the otherGypsophila species in this group from outside Germany, this solution would require establishing additional small to monospecific genera for thoseGypsophila species.Dianthus, Petrorhagia and theGypsophila species of this clade show some morphological variation. It is difficult to decide whether this variation is sufficient to justify splittingPetrorhagia into different genera that can be distinguished from each other and fromDianthus and the small genera containing formerGypsophila species, or whether all species of this clade are sufficiently alike to be merged into one genus, i.e.Dianthus. Linnaeus (1753a) described the type ofPetrorhagia, P. saxifraga (L.) Link, asD. saxifragus L.,P. prolifera (L.) P. W. Ball & Heywood asD. prolifer L., but no name forG. muralis is available inDianthus.

Minuartia L. (sensuMcNeill 1962) comprises about 175 species that are distributed in the N hemisphere. It was delimited from most other genera ofCaryophyllaceae by a combination of three styles and three capsule valves. Molecular phylogenies revealed that the genus consists of ten independent lineages (Fior & al. 2006;Harbaugh & al. 2010;Greenberg & Donoghue 2011;Dillenberger & Kadereit 2014), each of which is closest relative of another genus or group of genera. According to Dillenberger & Kadereit (2014) the genus is best divided into 11 genera instead of including other genera inMinuartia. The ten lineages were divided into 11 genera because in one case there was no morphological or karyological character or combination of characters to define this clade as one genus. Therefore two subclades with more uniform morphologies were described as genera. Including other genera inMinuartia would have affected most genera of subfam.Alsinoideae or subfam.Alsinoideae and subfam.Caryophylloideae. In consequence, several species ofMinuartia in the C European flora need to be treated as part of other genera.Minuartia species transferred to other genera are:Cherleriasedoides L.(M. sedoides (L.) Hiern),Facchinia cherlerioides (Sieber) Dillenb. & Kadereit(M. cherlerioides (Sieber) Bech.), present in the German flora only withF. cherlerioides subsp.aretioides (Port, ex J. Gay) Dillenb. & Kadereit,F. rupestris (Scop.) Dillenb. & Kadereit(M. rupestris (Scop.) Schinz & Thell.),Sabulina austriaca (Jacq.) Rchb.(M. austriaca (Jacq.) Hayek),S. stricta (Sw.) Rchb.(M. stricta (Sw.) Hiem),S. tenuifolia (L.) Rchb.(M. hybrida (Vill.) Schischk.),S. verna (L.) Rchb.(M. verna (L.) Hiem) andS. viscosa (Schreb.) Rchb.(M.viscosa (Schreb.) Schinz & Thell.). The only two species in Germany that remain inMinuartia areM. rubra (Scop.) McNeill andM. setacea (Thuill.) Hayek.

Silene L. contains c. 700 species that are restricted to the N hemisphere (Mabberley 2008). Although the genus is large, there exist only small problems with its monophyly. One point concernsLychnis L., which contains c. 20 species distributed in N-temperate and arctic regions (Bittrich 1993). Its treatment as separate fromSilene L. has repeatedly been regarded as doubtful (seeOxelman & Lidén 1995).Lychnis has usually five styles and five capsule teeth, whereasSilene has three or five styles and six or ten capsule teeth. Even the most recent phylogeny of theCaryophyllaceae could not unambiguously determine the position ofLychnis (Greenberg & Donoghue 2011). In that studySilene seems to be paraphyletic in relation toLychnis. However, this position is not well supported, and a change of position is possible. For the moment, the species ofLychnis in the German flora, i.e.L. coronaria (L.) Desr. andL. flos-cuculi L., should be maintained, but future inclusion inSilene, asS. coronaria (L.) Clairv. andS. flos-cuculi (L.) Clairv., seems likely.

The second problem is related toCucubalus baccifer L. AlthoughSilene is not sufficiently well supported, the position ofC. baccifer seems to be clearly withinSilene (Greenberg & Donoghue 2011). Therefore it seems advisable to treat this species asS. baccifera (L.) Roth.

Several problems hinge on the acceptance ofHeliosperma Rchb. and other smaller genera. When acceptingHeliosperma, several smaller genera need to be recognized in order to keepSilene monophyletic. One of these genera isAtocion Adans. Based on a molecular phylogeny, Lidén & al. (2001) excluded five species, includingS. armeria L. andS. rupestris L., fromSilene and included them inAtocion. These results were verified with a large sample ofSilene and related genera by Greenberg & Donoghue (2011) and should have taxonomic consequences.Atocion is sister toViscaria Bernh, and the names for the two species areA.armeria (L.) Raf. andA.rupestre (L.) Oxelman. An inclusion of Atocion inSilene would also affectEudianthe Rchb.,Heliosperma andViscaria and is therefore not desirable.Atocion is glabrous, has elliptic or oblanceolate leaves, a regular dichasium, and flowers with entire or emarginate petals and three stigmas (Lidén & al. 2001).Silene species with the same character combination of hairiness, inflorescence type and stigma number have lower leaves that are spathulate and petals that are usually lobed. Furthermore, theseSilene species have anastomosing calyx veins, butAtocion has non-anastomosing veins (Lidén & al. 2001).

Irrespective of the inclusion ofLychnis inSilene or its separate treatment,L. viscaria L. is not part of either of these two genera. The species clearly belongs to a wellsupported clade that is sister toAtocion (Greenberg & Donoghue 2011). The correct genus name for the species of this clade isViscaria Bernh., andL. viscaria should be known asV. vulgaris Bernh.Viscaria vulgaris is the type ofViscaria.

Another problem is related toSilene pusilla Waldst. & Kit., which is nested in the well-supportedHeliosperma (Rchb.) Rchb. The inclusion ofS. pusilla inHeliosperma asH. pusillum (Waldst. & Kit.) Rchb. is justified and necessary.

Chenopodiaceae (G. Kadereit)

Chenopodium L. in its traditional wide circumscription, comprising c. 150 spp. worldwide, has been shown to be highly polyphyletic withChenopodium lineages spread all over the phylogeny of subfam.Chenopodioideae (Kadereit & al. 2010;Fuentes-Bazán & al. 2012a,2012b). According to Fuentes-Bazán & al. (2012a,2012b), species ofChenopodium belong to six different genera:Blitum L.,Chenopodiastrum S. Fuentes & al.,Chenopodium L. s.str.,Dysphania R. Br.,Lipandra Moq. andOxybasis Kar. & Kir. Although the sampling for the molecular analyses was far from complete, the polyphyly ofChenopodium seems well supported and future studies will reveal where unsampled species belong. Twenty of the 23 species of formerChenopodium occurring in the German flora were included in the molecular studies by Fuentes-Bazán & al. (2012a,2012b), and these are distributed among all six genera.Blitum is represented by three species:B.bonus-henricus (L.) Rchb. (C.bonus-henricus L.),B.capitatum L. (C.capitatum (L.) Aschers.) andB. virgatum L.(C. foliosum Aschers.).Chenopodiastrum is represented byChenopodiastrum hybridum (L.) S. Fuentes & al.(Chenopodium hybridum L.) andChenopodiastrummurale (L.) S. Fuentes & al.(Chenopodium murale L.). Species with glandular hairs and an aromatic odour clearly need to be classified inDysphania, which is only distantly related to coreChenopodium. In the German flora these areD. ambrosioides (L.) Mosyakin & Clemants(C.ambrosioides L.),D. botrys (L.) Mosyakin & Clemants (C. botrys L.),D. pumilio (R. Br.) Mosyakin & Clemants (C. pumilio R. Br.) andD. schraderiana (Schult) Mosyakin & Clemants (C. schraderianum Schult).Lipandra is represented byL. polysperma (L.) S. Fuentes & al.(C. polyspermum L.) andOxybasis byO. chenopodioides (L.) S. Fuentes & al. (C. botryodes Sm.),O. glauca (L.) S. Fuentes & al. (C.glaucum L.),O. rubra (L.) S. Fuentes & al. (C. rubrum L.) andO. urbica (L.) S. Fuentes & al.(C. urbicum L.). Of the remaining species present in the German flora,Chenopodium album L.,C. berlandieri Moq.,C. ficifolium Sm.,C. opulifolium Schrader ex Koch & Ziz,C. patericola Rydb. andC. vulvaria L. belong toChenopodium s.str.Chenopodium hircinum Schrader,C. strictum Roth andC. suecicum Murr have not yet been included in molecular analyses.Chenopodium aristatum L. (Dysphania aristata (L.) Mosyakin & Clemants) is a neophyte in the German flora and should be treated asTeloxysaristata (L.) Moq. This monospecific genus is closely related toCycloloma Moq.,Dysphania andSuckleya A. Gray (Kadereit & al. 2010;Fuentes-Bazán & al. 2012a).

Halimione Aellen is well-supported sister group of the large genusAtriplex L., from which it can be distinguished by unique seed and fruit characters (Kadereit & al. 2010). Inclusion ofHalimione intoAtriplex as proposed in Sukhorukov (2006) is possible, but not recommended by the present author (G. Kadereit).

Bassia All. andKochia Roth were both found to be polyphyletic in molecular studies (Kadereit & Freitag 2011;Kadereit & al. 2014). Most species ofKochia including the two species present in Germany,K. laniflora (S. G. Gmelin) Borbás andK. scoparia (L.) Schrader, have been included inBassia, and the remaining species were classified in two new genera,Eokochia Freitag & G. Kadereit andGrubovia Freitag & G. Kadereit. Other species ofBassia (B. dasyphylla Kuntze,B. hirsuta (L.) Kuntze andB. sedoides (Schrad.) Asch.) needed to be transferred to new genera (Grubovia dasyphylla (Fisch. & C. A. Mey.) Freitag & G. Kadereit,Spirobassia hirsuta (L.) Freitag & G. Kadereit andSedobassia sedoides (Schrad.) Freitag & G. Kadereit) in order to define monophyletic genera inCamphorosmeae (Kadereit & Freitag 2011). Of these new genera onlySpirobassia (S. hirsuta) occurs in Germany.

Salsola L. is a large and highly polyphyletic genus (Akhani & al. 2007). Unfortunately there is disagreement among experts concerning the typification ofSalsola. Mosyakin & al. (2014) proposed a conserved type,S. kali L., while Akhani & al. (2014) argued in favour of the current type,S. soda L. IfS. soda is accepted as type ofSalsola, S. kali has to be included inKali Mill., asKalisoda Moench (Akhani & al. 2007).

Nyctaginaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

As shown by Levin (2000),Oxybaphus Willd. is clearly part ofMirabilis L. where it should have the rank of section. Accordingly,O. nyctagineus (Michx.) Sweet should be treated asM. nyctaginea (Michx.) MacMill.

Hydrangeaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

AlthoughPhiladelphus L. appears to be paraphyletic in relation to the monospecificCarpenteria Torr. (Guo & al. 2013), classification ofP. coronarius L. as aPhiladelphus would not be affected asP. coronarius is the type of the genus name.Philadelphus inodorus L. falls into the same clade asP. coronarius.

Primulaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Mast & al. (2001) demonstrated thatCortusa L. is deeply nested inPrimula L. Accordingly, it should be treated asP. matthioli (L.) V. A. Richt.

As summarized by Manns & Anderberg (2009), several studies using either nuclear, plastid or both nuclear and plastid sequences have shown that a non-monophyleticAnagallis L. (incl.Centunculus L.),Glaux L. andTrientalis L. (as well as the non-C-European generaAsterolinon Hoffsgg. & Link andPelletiera A. St. Hil.) are all nested in a highly paraphyleticLysimachia L. Based on a careful consideration of morphological variation in this group of genera, and facing the choice between including all inLysimachia or splittingLysimachia in such a way that at least some of the above genera can be maintained, Manns & Anderberg (2009) argue: “It is, however, difficult to establish morphological characters to distinguish between different subgroups withinLysimachia and the morphological distinctiveness of these subgroups is not very high. Furthermore, the characters used to recognizeLysimachia are also present inAnagallis and to large extent also inAsterolinon, Pelletiera andTrientalis. Consequently, proposal of new genera for someLysimachia (e.g.L. nemorum L. andL. serpyllifolia Schreb.), or transfer ofL. nemorum and allied taxa toAnagallis would inevitably result in poorly diagnosed genera. Choosing among alternatives, we find it better to merge the smaller segregate genera withLysimachia, rather than splittingLysimachia further.” Through earlier work and the work by Banfi & al. (2005) and Manns & Anderberg (2009) combinations are available for C EuropeanAnagallis (plusCentunculus), Glaux andTrientalis as species ofLysimachia. These would beL. arvensis (L.) U. Manns & Anderb. (Anagallis arvensis L.),L. europaea (L.) U. Manns & Anderb. (Trientalis europaea L.),L.foemina (Mill.) U. Manns & Anderb. (A.foemina Mill.),L.maritima (L.) Galasso & al. (Glaux maritima L.) andL.tenella L. (A.tenella (L.) L.).

Ericaceae (M. D. Pirie)

Three genera have been recently re-delimited to make them monophyletic. The first isKalmia L., which becomes monophyletic only after inclusion ofLoiseleuria Desv. (Gillespie & Kron 2013). Accordingly,Loiseleuriaprocumbens (L.) Desv. should be known asKalmiaprocumbens (L.) Gift & al. ex Galasso & al.

The second isRhododendron L., with c. 850 species, which should includeLedum L. based on morphological evidence by Kron & Judd (1990) and molecular evidence by, e.g., Goetsch & al. (2005). In Germany, the nativeL. palustre L. should be known asR. tomentosum Harmaja and the introducedL. groenlandicum Oeder asR. groenlandicum (Oeder) Kron & Judd.

The third isMonotropa L., which is replaced byHypopitys Hill, in Jäger (2011). Evidence from nuclear encoded markers suggests that the type ofMonotropa, M. uniflora L., and that ofHypopitys, H. monotropa Crantz (M. hypopitys L.), are more closely related to other monotropoid genera than to each other (Bidartondo & Bruns 2001). Species delimitation withinHypopitys is controversial, but resolution of the precise number and delimitation of species (includingH. hypophegea G. Don in Germany) across its broad geographic range seems unlikely to further affect generic boundaries.

Problems in generic delimitation remain inVaccinium L. A number of different genera are apparently nested between its c. 450 species, with no evidence to suggest that the type,V uliginosum L., is closely related to any of the other species of the German flora, and clear indication thatV myrtillus L. is more closely related to species elsewhere (Powell & Kron 2002). As the specialists are apparently not in favour of expanding the circumscription ofVaccinium it is likely that name changes will yet be required, but the current phylogenetic hypothesis is insufficiently resolved and sampled to offer a solution.

Rubiaceae (F. Ehrendorfer)

Since more than 20 years ago, DNA-analytical phylogenetic studies on the critical tribeRubieae (Rubiaceae) have become available (e.g.Ehrendorfer & al. 1994;Manen & al. 1994;Natali & al. 1995,1996;Soza & Olmstead 2010a,2010b; and particularlyEhrendorfer & Barfuss 2014:Fig. 1 & 2, with clades and their reference numbers). These studies have made it increasingly clear that the traditional generaAsperula L. andGalium L., both well represented in the flora of Germany (Jäger 2005), are polyphyletic in their present circumscriptions. Monophyly was documented only forCruciata Mill.,Rubia L. andSherardia L. In order to achieve monophyly forAsperula andGalium, one would have to lump all these genera (and several others exceptRubia) into a giantGalium s.latiss. with about 900 species worldwide and a very complex infrageneric classification.

If a more narrow generic concept for C EuropeanRubieae is preferred,Asperula would have to be restricted to its type, the annual A.arvensis L., and its perennial sister taxon A.taurina L. (clade V-B). The large A. sect.Cynanchicae (DC.) Boiss. (with A.cynanchica L. and A.neilreichii Beck), centred in the Mediterranean area, is more closely related toSherardia (both in clade V-A) than toAsperula s.str. and might also deserve separate generic status. This also applies to A.tinctoria L., a member of the traditional A. sect.Glabella Griseb. (clade V-C) with a disjunct Eurasian distribution. Also into clade V-C fallsGalium sect.Aparinoides (Jord.) Gren., a sube lade of limnic habitats with a worldwide distribution, typified byG. palustre L., a well-known element of the European flora. The morphological distinctness and deviating chromosome base numberx = 12 (otherwise mostlyx = 11 inRubieae) also suggest generic separation of this subclade.

It was no surprise to find twoGalium species(G. boreale L. andG. rotundifolium L.) fromG. sect.Platygalium (DC.) W. D. J. Koch in the same clade (V-D) as the generally recognized generaCruciata andValantia L.: they all are characterized by whorls of two leaves and only two additional leaf-like stipules. This and the relevant DNA data could justify the transfer ofG. boreale andG. rotundifolium to a separate genus, corresponding toG. sect.Platygalium s.latiss. (also including the former European genusTrichogalium Fourr., the American genusRelbunium (Endl.) Benth. & Hook, and probably also the monotypieMicrophysa Schrenk from C Asia) with a worldwide distribution and up to 230 other, clearly related formerGalium andRelbunium species centred in E Asia and the Americas.

The majority of the remaining C EuropeanGalium species (24 in Germany;Jäger 2005) always have leaves and leaf-like stipules in whorls of more than four (and up to 12). They are clearly verified as members of a worldwide “monophylum” that corresponds to clade VI and the genusGalium s.str. with about 350 predominantly Old World species. The relationships of its species in Germany correspond quite well with the following more or less DNA-supported taxonomic sections:G. sect.Aparine W. D. J. Koch(G. aparine L. andG. spurium L.),G. sect.Aspera (DC.) W. D. J. Koch, syn.:G. sect.Microgalium Griseb.(G. parisiense L.),G. sect.Galium (G. album Mill.,G. aristatum L.,G. glaucum L.,G. intermedium Schultes [G.schulte sii Vest], G.lucidum All., G.mollugo L., G.xpomeranicum Retz., G.sylvaticum L., G.truniacum (Ronn.) Ronn. and G.verum L.), G. sect.Hylaea (Griseb.) Ehrend. (G.odoratum (L.) Scop.), G. sect.Kolgyda Dumort. (G.tricomutum Dandy and G.verrucosum Huds.), G. sect.Leptogalium (G.anisophyllon Vill., G.megalospermum All, G.noricum Ehrend., G.pumilum Murray, G.saxatile L., G.sterneri Ehrend, and G.valdepilosum H. Braun) and G. sect.Trachygalium K. Schum. (G.uliginosum L.).

A more detailed presentation of our current knowledge concerning relationships within tribeRubieae in C Europe can be found in Kästner & Ehrendorfer (in press). Before one can begin to execute the possible and DNA-supported taxonomic and nomenclatural changes within theRubieae discussed above, further critical research appears obligatory.

Gentianaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Several phylogenetic studies ofGentianaceae-Swertiinae (Chassot & al. 2001;von Hagen & Kadereit 2001,2002) have shown that generic circumscriptions in this group require substantial revision. Thus, it is evident thatGentianella ciliata (L.) Borkh. and G.tenella (Rottb.) Börner are only distantly related toGentianella s.str., and should be treated asGentianopsis ciliata (L.) Ma andComastoma tenellum (Rottb.) Toyok., respectively. Even after exclusion of these (and related) species,Gentianella is polyphyletic, as isSwertia L. If this eventually should result in the recognition of several smaller genera, the generic identity of the remaining German species ofGentianella would remain unaffected as they fall into the same clade as the type of the genus name,G. campestris (L.) Börner. AsS. perennis L. is the type ofSwertia, recognition of segregate genera will not affect the generic identity ofS. perennis. For descriptions and discussion of genera see Struwe & al. (2002). Inclusion ofComastoma (Wettst.) Toyok. andLomatogonium A. Braun inGentianella, as suggested by Banfi & al. (2005), who in consequence provided a combination forL. carinthiacum (Wulfen) Rchb. inGentianella, is not justified by the data available unless a much larger number of lineages, including several lineages ofSwertia, are included inGentianella.

Oleaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

As first suspected by Wallander & Albert (2000) on the basis of plastid sequences, a monophyleticLigustrum L. was found deeply nested in a paraphyleticSyringa L. using nuclear sequences (Li & al. 2002). In consequence, inclusion ofLigustrum inSyringa may have to be considered once stronger evidence for such relationship is available. Interestingly, one species ofLigustrum, L. sempervirens (Franch.) Lingelsh., sometimes classified as a separate genus, is intermediate in fruit morphology betweenSyringa (capsules) andLigustrum (berries or drupes) by having berries that become leathery and eventually dehisce.

Plantaginaceae (D. C. Albach)

A hundred years ago,Veronica L. included allScrophulariaceae with a tetramerous flower and short corolla tube, two stamens and a flattened capsule. In that circumscription the genus included approximately 300 species. Subsequent authors treated more and more groups of distinct species as separate genera, such asHebe Juss. mainly from Australasia,Pseudolysimachion Opiz from Eurasia(V. longifolia L. andV. spicata L. in the German flora) andVeronicastrum Farw. from E Asia and E North America. The first DNA-based phylogenetic analyses (e.g.Albach & Chase 2001; Wag staff & al. 2002;Albach & al. 2004a) supported the separation of some genera(Paederota L. andVeronicastrum), but demonstrated that most genera split off in the 19th and 20th centuries are nested in a lineage that should be recognized as a monophyleticVeronica. These results caused a sometimes heated discussion on whether autapomorphies need to be considered as important as symplesiomorphies (e.g.Brummitt 2006). However, subsequent analyses added support to the molecular results and demonstrated that autapomorphies of these segregate genera are not as clear as sometimes believed, and that morphological transitions betweenVeronica and groups considered distinctive commonly exist. For example, such transitional species betweenPseudolysimachion andVeronica occur in E Asia and Japan (Albach 2008). Thus, based on molecular and morphological arguments, these analyses suggest inclusion of these genera inVeronica rather than further splitting (Albach & al. 2004b;Garnock-Jones 2007). In C Europe, reintegration of AustralasianHebe and relatives and North AmericanSynthyris Benth. will be of interest mainly to horticulturists, but reintegration ofPseudolysimachion, the species ofVeronica with dense, spicate inflorescences, reverses a split adopted by many European Floras since the 1960s (Holub & Pouzar 1967). All European species ofPseudolysimachion were originally described as species ofVeronica. Therefore, only taxonomic changes at the intraspecific level were necessary (Albach 2008).

Lamiaceae (M. S. Dillenberger)

Ballota L. contains c. 30 species that occur in Europe, the Mediterranean area, W Asia and, with one species, S Africa (Mabberley 2008). Several species ofBallota were included in a phylogenetic analysis of subfam.Lamioideae (Bendiksby & al. 2011b). This phylogeny unambiguously showed thatBallota is not monophyletic. The type ofBallota, B. nigra L. (the only species of the genus in Germany), is well-supported sister toMarrubium L., represented in the German flora byM. peregrinum L. andM. vulgare L. The otherBallota species are sister to thisB. nigra—Marrubium clade. Only two otherBallota species,B. frutescens (L.) Woods andB. integrifolia Benth., form a separate clade that is sister to the former clade and a clade containing species ofMoluccella L.,Otostegia Benth. andSulaimania Hedge & Rech. f. There are two solutions to obtain a monophyleticBallota. The first is to merge all species of this clade (i.e.Ballota, Marrubium, Moluccella, Otostegia andSulaimania) in one genus. The second solution is to excludeB. frutescens andB. integrifolia fromBallota and to combine the rest ofBallota includingB. nigra andMarrubium in one genus. In order to avoid creation of one very large and heterogeneous genus, it seems reasonable to take the second approach. Since both genera were described by Linnaeus (1753b), it remains unclear at this point which genus name should be used.Marrubium contains 40 species (Mabberley 2008), so that a comparable number of new combinations would be needed when using either name.

The treatment and circumscription ofClinopodium L. is very different in different Floras of Germany (e.g.Jäger & Werner 2005;Jäger 2011;Seybold 2011).Clinopodium in its broad circumscription, includingAcinos Mill.,Bancroftia Billb.,Calamintha Mill., New WorldMicromeria Benth. andSatureja L. contains c. 100 species and is almost cosmopolitan (Mabberley 2008). Seybold (2011) includedAcinos andCalamintha, but notSatureja, inClinopodium, and Jäger & Werner (2005) treatedAcinos, Calamintha, Clinopodium andSatureja as separate genera. A molecular phylogeny of subtribeMenthinae illustrates the whole dimension of the problem (Bräuchler & al. 2010). In this phylogeny,Clinopodium is highly polyphyletic and numerous genera are nested among differentClinopodium clades. The species ofAcinos form a well-supported clade together withZiziphora L., a genus of c. 20 species distributed from the Mediterranean area to C Asia, Afghanistan and Himalaya (Mabberley 2008). In this clade,Acinos andZiziphora are not supported as monophyletic.Calamintha species are in a well-supported clade with the type and other species ofClinopodium. Another genus that causes problems with respect to the monophyly ofClinopodium isMonarda L., a small genus of c. 16 mostly North American species (Mabberley 2008) occurring in Germany with one introduced species,M. didyma L. (Jäger & Werner 2005). The large number of genera, species and clades makes several solutions possible. For the German species only two solutions need to be discussed. The first is to include all species ofAcinos, Calamintha, Clinopodium andMonarda in one genus, together with the whole or parts ofAcanthomintha (A. Gray) A. Gray,Blephilia Raf.,Bystropogon L′Hér.,Conradina A. Gray,Cuminia Colla,Cunila D. Royen ex L.,Cyclotrichium Mandenova & Schengelia,Dicerandra Benth.,Glechon Spreng.,Hedeoma Pers.,Hesperozygis Epling,Hoehnea Epling,Killickia Bräuchler & al.,Mentha L., New WorldMicromeria Benth.,Minthostachys (Benth.) Spach,Monardella Benth.,Obtegomeria Doroszenko & P. D. Cantino,Piloblephis Raf.,Poliomintha A. Gray,Pycnanthemum Michx.,Rhododon Epling,Stachydeoma (Benth.) Small andZiziphora. Alternatively,Clinopodium can be split into clades which could be treated as morphologically recognizable genera. In view of substantial morphological variation of the lineages concerned it is not meaningful to merge so many genera only to preventClinopodium from being split. Although it is not clear how exactlyClinopodium will be split in the future, the impact of this approach on German species can easily be seen. SinceCalamintha is very closely related to the type ofClinopodium, and this relationship is well supported, there is no other solution than to transferCalamintha toClinopodium. TheCalamintha species in Germany,C. menthifolia Host andC. nepeta (L.) Savi, will have to become known asClinopodium menthifolium (Host) Stace andClinopodium nepeta (L.) Kuntze. No species name inClinopodium is available for the hybrid taxonCalamintha xfoliosa Opiz; at subspecies levelClinopodium nepeta nothosubsp.subisidoratum (Borbás) Govaerts has been used. It is not possible to treat the species ofAcinos as part ofClinopodium without including inClinopodium all genera listed above. Although the relationships betweenAcinos andZiziphora are not fully resolved, it seems necessary to combine these two genera in one genus.Ziziphora has priority overAcinos, and the species ofAcinos accordingly need new names inZiziphora. These are not yet available. The only GermanClinopodium species,C. vulgare L., is the type of the genus name and will therefore most likely not be affected by any changes of generic circumscriptions. The only genus of this group that seems to be unproblematic isSatureja. This genus, together withGontscharovia Boriss., is part of a polytomy with theClinopodium-clade (the numerous genera listed above) and a clade of Old WorldMicromeria (Bräuchler & al. 2010). Even ifSatureja is paraphyletic in relation toGontscharovia, Satureja has priority overGontscharovia and no taxonomic changes will be necessary in the German flora.

A long-discussed problem is the correct placement and naming of species belonging toGaleobdolon Adans. /Lamiastrum Heist, ex Fabr. (Dandy 1967;Holub 1970;Rauschert 1974;Mennema 1989;Krawczyk & al. 2013). Choice of genus name is a nomenclatural problem, which will not be dicussed here. In recent Floras of or covering Germany, either both names were used:Galeobdolon (Jäger & Werner 2005;Jäger 2011) andLamiastrum (Heywood & Richardson 1972;Seybold 2009), or the species ofGaleobdolon /Lamiastrum were included inLamium L. (Seybold 2011). Molecular phylogenies of subfam.Lamioideae (Bendiksby & al. 2011b) and ofLamium (including species ofGaleobdolon /Lamiastrum;Bendiksby & al. 2011a) clearly showed that a well-supported clade of species ofGaleobdolon /Lamiastrum is sister to a well-supportedLamium. Accordingly, both inclusion ofGaleodolon /Lamiastrum inLamium and treatment as two distinct genera would result in monophyletic genera. When included inLamium, G. argentatum Smejkal,G. flavidum (F. Herm.) Holub,G. luteum Huds. andG. montanum (Pers.) Pers. ex Rchb. should beL. argentatum (Smejkal) Henker ex G. H. Loos,L. flavidum F. Herm.,L. galeobdolon (L.) L. andL. montanum (Pers.) Hoffm. ex Kabath, respectively. The treatment of these four taxa at species level has been questioned. When treated as subspecies ofLamium galeobdolon (e.g. byBendiksby & al. 2011a), the names to be used would beL. galeobdolon subsp.argentatum (Smejkal) J. Duvign.,L. galeobdolon subsp.flavidum (F. Herm.) Á. Löve & D. Löve,L. galeobdolon subsp.galeobdolon andL. galeobdolon subsp.montanum (Pers.) Hayek, respectively.

Majorana Mill, andOriganum L. are two genera containing commonly used spices.Origanum is distributed in Eurasia and contains c. 38 species (Mabberley 2008).Majorana hortensis Moench was first described asO. majorana L. A phylogenetic analysis by Katsiotis & al. (2009) showed thatM. hortensis is nested among other species ofOriganum, so that recognition ofM. hortensis would makeOriganum paraphyletic. Therefore the inclusion ofM. hortensis inOriganum, asO. majorana, is appropriate.

Salvia L. in its traditional circumscription is a large genus of 800–900 tropical to temperate species (Mabberley 2008). Recent molecular studies in the genus clearly showed thatSalvia is highly polyphyletic (Walker & Sytsma 2007;Will & Claßen-Bockhoff 2014) and will have to be split into several genera (Will & Claßen-Bockhoff 2014; M. Will pers. comm.). The only alternative would be to include several smaller genera inSalvia, e.g.Rosmarinus L., which would inflate this large genus even more. The German flora is largely unaffected by these changes. According to the different phylogenies available, only one species of the German flora,S. glutinosa L., will have to be transferred to a new genus.

Stachys L. is a large genus of c. 450 species distributed in temperate and warm regions of the world, including tropical mountains but excluding Australasia (Mabberley 2008). Molecular phylogenies have shown thatStachys is highly polyphyletic, with many different genera nested among differentStachys clades (Bendiksby & al. 2011b;Salmaki & al. 2013). In Germany eight species and one hybrid taxon ofStachys can be found. These fall into four largerStachys clades (Salmaki & al. 2013). OnlyS. arvensis L. andS. palustris L. fall into the clade containing the type ofStachys, S. sylvatica L. This clade also containsHaplostachys Hillebr.,Phyllostegia Benth.,Stenogyne Benth. andSuzukia Kudô.Sideritis L. is one of those genera nested among differentStachys clades (Bendiksby & al. 2011b;Salmaki & al. 2013). This genus of c. 140 N-temperate species of the Old World and Macaronesia (Mabberley 2008) occurs in Germany with only one species,S. montana L. Relationships among the genera listed above and several others are complicated and not fully resolved. At this point two solutions seem possible. One is to include all species of a clade calledEurystachys Salmaki & Bendiksby (includingStachys andSideritis;Salmaki & al. 2013) in one genus. The other is to splitStachys into a large number of smaller genera. Both solutions are problematic. The first would result in a large genus that is morphologically heterogeneous and, according to Salmaki & al. (2013), c. 194 new combinations would have to be made. The second solution would allow maintaining morphologically distinct genera. However, it would require dividingStachys into several genera that would be difficult to delimit (Salmaki & al. 2013). In this second approach a similarly high number of combinations would be necessary. The first solution would allow keeping all German species ofStachys inStachys, which, however, would also have to includeSideritis. In the second solution,Stachys alpina L.,S. annua L.,S. byzantina K. Koch,S. germanica L. andS. recta L. most likely would need to be excluded fromStachys. The relationships ofSideritis are unresolved. It therefore remains unclear whetherSideritis montana would need a new name when opting for the second solution. A further difficulty of the second solution is a high level of incongruence between the nuclear and plastid data sets analysed (Salmaki & al. 2013). Future changes in this group are clearly necessary. They will affect large numbers of species on a global scale, but only few species of the German flora.

Orobanchaceae (D. C. Albach)

There has been some debate about the monophyly ofOrobanche L., and some publications re-used the namePhelipanche Pomel, introduced for some morphologically deviant species more commonly treated asO. sect.Trionychon Wallr. (in GermanyO. arenaria Borkh.,O. purpurea Jacq. andO. ramosa L.; see lead 1 in the key toOrobanche inJäger 2011). The group differs from the type section not only in flower morphology but also in seed ultrastructure (Plaza & al. 2004) and pollen morphology (Abu Sbaih & al. 1994). Whereas first cpDNA-based phylogenetic analyses suggestedO. ramosa to be nested in the rest ofOrobanche (Young & al. 1999;Manen & al. 2004), subsequent analyses using ITS (Schneeweiss & al. 2004) revealed a biphyleticOrobanche withO. sect.Trionychon and New World species of the genus forming a clade andO. sect.Orobanche sister toDiphelypaea Nicolson. More detailed analyses of cpDNA sequences demonstrated that the nested position ofO. sect.Trionychon is due to horizontal gene transfer (Park & al. 2007). However, analyses of another nuclear marker (PhyA;Bennett & Mathews 2006) as well as cpDNA analyses removing introgressed sequences (Park & al. 2008) agree on phylogenetic relationships withOrobanche being monophyletic andO. sect.Trionychon and New World species being sister toO. sect.Orobanche. Thus, no taxonomic changes will be necessary.

Linderniaceae (D. C. Albach)

Only two species ofLinderniaceae occur in Germany and are commonly still recognized underLindernia L., one being the type of the genus name,L. procumbens (Krock.) Borbás.Lindernia dubia (L.) Pennell, though, has been demonstrated to be more closely related toMicranthemum Michx. than toLindernia (Fischer & al. 2013). However, no generic realignment has been proposed so far.Lindernia dubia had been recognized as separate fromLindernia before under the namesGratiola dubia L. orIlysanthes riparia Raf., but was included inLindernia by Pennell (1935).Ilysanthes Raf. had been separated fromLindernia based on the reduction of the androecium to two stamens, which Pennell (1935) did not consider stable enough to merit generic rank. Fischer & al. (2013) seemed to favour inclusion ofMicranthemum inLindernia. However, sinceMicranthemum also has only two stamens and occurs sympatrically withL. dubia in North America, combiningL. dubia inMicranthemum remains a possibility.

Convolvulaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

A monophyleticCalystegia R. Br. is clearly nested withinConvolvulus L. (Stefanović & al. 2002;Carine & al. 2004;Williams & al. 2014) and should be classified inConvolvulus following Stefanović & al. (2002). Combinations are available for most German species ofCalystegia, andC. pulchra Brummitt & Heywood should beConvolvulus dubius J. L. Gilbert,C. sepium (L.) R. Br. should beConvolvulus sepium L.,C. silvatica (Kit.) Griseb. should beConvolvulus silvaticus Kit. andC. soldanella (L.) Roem. & Schult, should beConvolvulus soldanella L.

Solanaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Lycopersicon Mill, is clearly nested inSolanum L. (Spooner & al. 1993) and should be treated in that genus. Accordingly, the tomato should be calledS. lycopersicum L.

Whitson & Manos (2005) demonstrated that the two species ofPhysalis L. listed for Germany,P. alkekengi L. andP peruviana L., fall into two distantly related clades ofPhysalinae. The authors argued: “To correct the paraphyly ofPhysalis, nomenclatural changes are required. Options include restricting the namePhysalis toP. alkekengi, the type, and renaming the 75+ species of New WorldPhysalis, or broadening the circumscription ofPhysalis by uniting the majority of thePhysalinae into a single genus. However, the least taxonomically disruptive approach for dealing with this problem is to re-typifyPhysalis using a Linnaean species that is a member of the morphologically typicalRydbergis clade, such asP. pubescens. The atypical species could then be recognized as four small genera (forP. carpenteri, P. alkekengi, P. microphysa, and subgenusPhysalodendron), which would produce a morphologically homogeneousPhysalis. A proposal to re-typifyPhysalis is currently in progress.” This proposal has been made by Whitson (2011), and conservation ofPhysalis L. with conserved type has been recommended (Applequist 2012). If accepted,P. alkekengi should be known asAlkekengi officinarum Moench.

Boraginaceae (M. Weigend)

Generic limits in the large familyBoraginaceae (1500— 1600 spp.) are highly problematic and numerous re-alignments of generic limits are required, but few of these problems concern the German flora. The genusOmphalodes Moench is represented only by two species in Germany:O. scorpioides (Haenke) Schrank andO. verna Moench.Omphalodes scorpioides has been shown to be more closely related toMertensia Roth than to the typical representatives ofOmphalodes (Weigend & al. 2013), and is now accommodated in the monospecific genusMemoremea A. Otero & al. asMemoremea scorpioides (Haenke) A. Otero & al. (Otero & al. 2014). This is clearly supported by molecular data, but also by gross differences in habit and its aberrant fruit morphology (circular wing of the nutlet forming a hollow ring, not a flat appendage).Omphalodes in the narrowest sense is restricted to those perennial, rhizomatous herbs which are closely related toO. verna, the type of the genus name. This group ranges from N Spain to N Iran. Other groups from Asia and the Americas previously assigned toOmphalodes either have already been segregated from the genus (Otero & al. 2014) or will likely be removed to other genera.

The genusBuglossoides Moench is also represented by only two species in Germany.Buglossoides arvensis (L.) I. M. Johnst., an annual weed with tiny white flowers and four triangular-ovate, verrucose nutlets andB. purpurocaerulea (L.) I. M. Johnst., a perennial herb with large, blue, hypocrateriform flowers and single, smooth, spherical nutlets. They represent the C European representatives of two highly natural and monophyletic species groups, which are retrieved as sister groups in molecular studies (Weigend & al. 2009;Cecchi & al. 2014). These species groups have recently been segregated into two different, easily distinguished genera (Cecchi & al. 2014):Buglossoides s.str., essentially comprising the two speciesB. arvensis andB. incrassata and largely restricted to the circum-Mediterranean region and Europe (and introduced as weeds elsewhere), andAegonychon Gray with a total of three species, one narrow S Italian endemic and the widespreadA. purpurocaeruleum (L.) Holub, in W Eurasia as sister to the morphologically barely distinguishable Japanese endemicA. zollingeri (A. DC.) Holub (Cecchi & al. 2014). The clear morphological differences between these two groups justify their separation into two well-defined genera, but phylogenetic data would equally permit a broader delimitation ofBuglossoides, includingAegonychon.

The generaEritrichium Schrad. ex Gaudin,Hackelia Opiz andLappula Moench have a confused taxonomic history, butHackelia was finally segregated fromLappula by Johnston (1923). The only C European species ofHackelia andLappula and the types of those names,H. deflexa (Wahlenb.) Opiz andL. squarrosa (Retz.) Dumort., have recently often been treated as belonging to a single genus, i.e.Lappula. Recent molecular studies retrieved these two species in widely separate clades in tribeEritrichieae, together with the bulk of the species currently assigned to the respective genera. There is therefore both morphological (Johnston 1923) and molecular (Weigend & al. 2013) evidence supporting the recognition of the two genera. The exact limits betweenEritrichium andHackelia andLappula still require additional work, with several extra-European segregate genera apparently nested in them, and some species incorrectly placed. This, however, does not concern the German or European flora.

The delimitation ofAnchusa L., characterized by radially symmetrical flowers, fromLycopsis L. with curved, slightly zygomorphic flowers, has been contentious in the past. Morphological differences are small but striking, and the segregateLycopsis is currently not generally recognized. Hilger & al. (2004) advocated the subdivision ofAnchusa into several smaller genera, including the separation ofLycopsis. However, their molecular data failed to retrieve the two species ofLycopsis as monophyletic, and there was no statistical support forAnchusa excludingLycopsis. Generic limits inAnchusa s.1. clearly require more work, and it seems more sensible at this stage to recognize a single, more widely defined genusAnchusa until much better data are available.

Two other genera represented in Germany will likely be subject to re-definition in the near future, without affecting the taxonomy of German species: Both species ofCynoglossum L. were retrieved in the core-clade ofCynoglossum s.1. (Weigend & al. 2013) and certainly will remain part of a redefinedCynoglossum. However,Cynoglossum likely will have to include a whole range of W Eurasian segregate genera (Hilger & al. 2015). Similarly,Heliotropium europaeum L. is the type ofHeliotropium L. and therefore will not be affected by name change, irrespective of how the limits ofHeliotropium, with the large genusTournefortia L. deeply nested in it (Luebert & al. 2011), will ultimately be redefined.

Apiaceae (K. Spalik)

Hacquetia DC. is nested withinSanicula L. (Valiejo-Roman & al. 2002;Calvifio & Downie 2007) and should therefore be sunk into synonymy; for its only species,H. epipactis (Scop.) DC., the nameS. epipactis (Scop.) E. H. L. Krause is available.

Apium L. s.l. is polyphyletic and among its European species only the type, A.graveolens L., is retained in the genus; the other true celeries are distributed throughout the S hemisphere (Spalik & al. 2010). For its other European members, the genusHelosciadium W. D. J. Koch has been reinstated (Hardway & al. 2004;Spalik & al. 2009;Ronse & al. 2010) includingH. inundatum (L.) W. D. J. Koch (A. inundatum (L.) Rchb. f.),H. nodiflorum (L.) W. D. J. Koch (A. nodiflorum (L.) Lag.) andH. repens (Jacq.) W. D. J. Koch (A. repens (Jacq.) Lag.). The species ofHelosciadium are hydrophytes or helophytes and are closely related to the morphologically and ecologically similarBerula W. D. J. Koch andSium L., members of tribeOenantheae (Spalik & al. 2014).

Carum L., the type ofCareae, includes c. 30 species that in molecular analyses are located in several disparate clades interspersed with species ofChamaesciadium C. A. Mey.,Fuernrohria K. Koch andGrammosciadium DC., with only few species closely related to the type ofCarum, C. carvi L. (Zakharova & al. 2012).Carum verticillatum (L.) W. D. J. Koch is a very distant relative of its nominative congeners and, therefore, was placed in the reinstated monospecific genusTrocdaris Raf.; its proper name isT. verticillata (L.) Raf. (Zakharova & al. 2012). This species forms an isolated lineage in a clade of hydrophytic umbellifers constituting tribeOenantheae (Spalik & al. 2014).

The generaAngelica L.,Cnidium Cusson,Libanotis Haller ex Zinn,Peucedanum L.,Selinum L.,Seseli L. andTrinia Hoffm. are part of the taxonomically difficult tribeSelineae (Spalik & al. 2004;Downie & al. 2010). Many of its genera are polyphyletic while at the same time many monophyletic lineages have unnecessarily been split into small segregates. Numerous species have not yet been included in molecular phylogenetic studies, and the generic boundaries remain unclear. Phylogenetic relationships within this tribe were mostly examined using only nuclear ITS sequences that have some limitations. Moreover, the tribe originated relatively recently, c. 12 Mya, and underwent rapid radiation (Banasiak & al. 2013: Appendix S2). In effect, internal branches of the phylogenetic trees obtained from molecular data are short and often poorly supported, precluding unambiguous taxonomic inferences.

Seseli sensu amplo encompasses 100–120 species and is obviously polyphyletic: its species occur in tribesApieae, Pimpinelleae andSelineae (Downie & al. 2010), and inSelineae they are placed in several clades (Spalik & al. 2004).Seseli hippomarathrum Jacq. together with three other congeners forms a clade that is not most closely related toS. tortuosum L., the type of the genus name; for this group, a restitution ofHippomarathrum G. Gaertn. & al. has been considered (Spalik & al. 2004). Depending on taxonomic sampling and the method of phylogenetic inference, this clade was placed sister to theSeseli clade (Spalik & al. 2004) or sister toPeucedanum s.l. (see Appendix S2 inBanasiak & al. 2013). Detailed molecular and morphological studies are necessary to elucidate the taxonomic status of this group. Upon restitution ofHippomarathrum the nameH. pelviforme G. Gaertn. & al. would be available forS. hippomarathrum. Seseli annuum L. has not yet been included in molecular analyses; therefore, its phylogenetic affinities remain unknown.

Libanotis pyrenaica (L.) Bourg eau is closely related toL. montana Crantz, the type ofLibanotis, and inFlora iberica (Aedo & Vargas 2003) the former was synonymized with the latter. In molecular analyses, the clade containing these two species is sister to a clade containing the type ofSeseli (Spalik & al. 2004;Banasiak & al. 2013). If a broad definition ofSeseli is adopted, e.g. based on theSeseli clade in Spalik & al. (2004), thenLibanotis should be sunk intoSeseli and the species is to be namedS. libanotis (L.) W. D. J. Koch.

Ligusticum mutellinoides (Crantz) Vill. (Pachypleurummutellinoides (Crantz) Holub) is also closely related to theLibanotis—Seseli clade in tribeSelineae, whereas the types ofLigusticum L. andPachypleurum Ledeb. are placed in theAcronema clade, which deserves rank as a separate tribe (Downie & al. 2010;Banasiak & al. 2013). Depending on the delineation ofLibanotis andSeseli, Ligusticum mutellinoides may be included in either of these two genera. Alternatively,Neogaya Meisn. may be reinstated. Its type isN. simplex (L.) Meisn., a taxonomic synonym ofL. mutellinoides. In molecular phylogenetic trees,Ligusticum mutellina (L.) Crantz is placed in theConioselinum chinense clade far from the type ofLigusticum and, therefore, should be excluded from the genus and placed in the reinstatedMutellina Wolf, asM. purpurea (Poir.) Reduron & al. (Valiejo-Roman & al. 2006).

Cnidium dubium (Schkuhr) Schmeil & Fitschen is not most closely related to the type ofCnidium, C. monnieri (L.) Spreng., and should therefore be recognized asKadenia dubia (Schkuhr) Lavrova & V. N. Tikhom. (Valiejo-Roman & al. 2006).

Trinia is exceptional inApiaceae due to its dioecious breeding system, and this feature seems to be synapomorphic for the genus. So far, onlyT. hispida Hoffm. has been included in molecular phylogenetic analyses and it was placed in theSeseli clade very close to the type ofSeseli (Spalik & al. 2004). If this placement is confirmed upon extended sampling of species and molecular markers, then eitherTrinia is to be included into the synonymy ofSeseli or the latter is to be restricted to a clade of only a few closest relatives of its type.

Peucedanum sensu amplo includes c. 100–120 species worldwide and is a “dustbin” genus encompassing taxa that do not fit elsewhere. The European species have often been transferred to small segregate genera includingCervaria Wolf,Dichoropetalum Fenzl (=Holandrea Reduron & al.),Imperatoria L.,Oreoselinum Mill.,Thysselinum Adans. andXanthoselinum Schur. Of these, however, onlyCervaria andDichoropetalum are unambiguously supported by molecular data because their types are distant relatives ofPeucedanum officinale L., the type of the genus name. The remaining segregates form thePeucedanum s.l. clade that can be retained as one genus (Spalik & al. 2004). Therefore, the use of the namesDichoropetalum carvifolia (Vill.) Pimenov & Kljuykov (P. carvifolia Vill.) andCervaria rivini Gaertn. (P. cervaria (L.) Lapeyr.) is advocated. If a very narrow definition ofPeucedanum is adopted, the namesImperatoria ostruthium L. (P. ostruthium (L.) W. D. J. Koch),Oreoselinum nigrum Delarbre (P. oreoselinum (L.) Moench),Thysselinum palustre (L.) Hoffm. (P. palustre (L.) Moench) andXanthoselinum alsaticum (L.) Schur (P. alsaticum L.) are available for the respective species ofPeucedanum.

Molecular data have demonstrated thatLaserpitium L. is polyphyletic (Weitzel & al. 2014;Lyskov & al. 2015), and this polyphyly is strongly supported by nrDNA and cpDNA markers (Banasiak & al. in press). Six closely related species including the type,L. gallicum L., as well asL. latifolium L. constituteLaserpitium s.str.Laserpitium siler L. forms an isolated lineage that is not closely related to the type and, therefore, the restitution of the monospecificSiler Crantz has been postulated; the respective name forL. siler isS. montanum Crantz.Laserpitium prutenicum L. is more closely related toDaucus L. than toLaserpitium s.str. and, together with its closest relative,L. hispidum M. Bieb., it deserves to be placed in a new genus,Silphiodaucus (Koso-Pol.) Spalik & al. (Banasiak & al. in press). The respective name forL. prutenicum would beS. prutenicus (L.) Spalik & al.

Dipsacaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

Virga Hill, withV. pilosa (L.) Hill andV. strigosa (Roem. & Schult.) Holub clearly groups inDipsacus L. (Avino & al. 2009;Carlson & al. 2009) and these two species should be known asDipsacus pilosus L. andD. strigosus Roem. & Schult., respectively.

Valerianaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

NeitherValerianella Mill, norValeriana L. are monophyletic according to Hidalgo & al. (2004) and Bell & Donoghue (2005). However, inclusion ofFedia Gaertn. emend. Moench inValerianella, and both inclusion ofPlectritis (Lindl.) DC. inValeriana and exclusion of some species ofValeriana could make the two genera monophyletic.

Campanulaceae (N. Kilian)

The two German species ofLobelia L.,L. dortmanna L. andL. erinus L., fall into two different clades of a highly paraphyleticLobelia (Antonelli 2008). If this should result in splitting ofLobelia, an approach considered premature by Lammers (2011),L. erinus would belong to a different genus.

Wahlenbergia Roth has been shown to be polyphyletic (Haberle & al. 2009;Roquet & al. 2009;Prebble & al. 2012;Cupido & al. 2013).Wahlenbergia hederacea (L.) Rchb., the only species present in Germany, is not only misplaced inWahlenbergia (typified byW. elongata (Willd.) Schrad., a synonym of the S AfricanW. capensis (L.) A. DC.;Lammers 2007) but also in the otherwise monophyletic wahlenbergioid group of genera (Cupido & al. 2013). It appears instead to be a close relative ofFeeria Buser andJasione L. (Prebble & al. 2012;Cupido & al. 2013;Crowl & al. 2014; but not so inMansion & al. 2012), but its systematic position still needs clarification.

A number of molecular phylogenetic studies ofCampanulaceae (Eddie & al. 2003;Park & al. 2006;Roquet & al. 2008,2009;Borsch & al. 2009;Haberle & al. 2009;Mansion & al. 2012;Crowl & al. 2014) have shown thatCampanula L. in its present circumscription is not monophyletic, and that the species of this genus fall into at least four major clades, each containing other genera of the family. Referring, with a view on the German flora, to the analysis based on the most comprehensive sampling by Mansion & al. (2012), which also provides the best resolution so far, the three largest major clades are relevant. These are: (1) theCampanula s.str. clade (Park & al. 2006;Roquet & al. 2008,2009;Borsch & al. 2009;Mansion & al. 2012), including the type of the genus name,C. latifolia L., and comprising clades 13–17 in Mansion & al. (2012), contains the majority of theCampanula species in Germany (C. alliariifolia Willd.,C. alpina Jacq.,C. barbata L.,C. bononiensis L.,C. cervicaria L.,C. glomerata L.,C. latifolia, C. medium L.,C. rapunculoides L.,C. sibirica L.,C. thyrsoides L. andC. trachelium L., all nested in clade 17). TheCampanula s.str. clade also includes the species of the S EuropeanTrachelium L., but the different analyses demonstrate that this genus does not constitute a natural group but is found dismembered in clades 13 and 16 in Mansion & al. (2012). (2) The Rapunculus clade (clades 5–12 inMansion & al. 2012) includes all but one of the remaining species in Germany (C. baumgartenii Becker,C. cochleariifolia Lam.,C. rhomboidalis L.,C. rotundifolia L. [incl.C. gentilis Kovanda] andC. scheuchzeri Vill. in clade 12;C. patula L. andC. rapunculus L. in clade 9) and also contains (in clade 6) the generaAdenophora Fisch, andHanabusaya Nakai. (3) The third major clade, which has low support, comprises the well-supported clades 2–4 in Mansion & al. (2012), in which severalCampanula lineages (among them the last German memberC. persicifolia L. in clade 3) are mixed withAsyneuma Griseb. & Schenk,Legousia Durande andPhyteuma L. as well as with the American generaGithopsis Nutt.,Heterocodon Nutt, andTriodanis Raf. Faced with different classificatory options, i.e. (1) treating all clades containing species ofCampanula as one genus, (2) limitingCampanula to theCampanula s.str. clade, and (3) splittingCampanula into numerous small genera, an option briefly discussed by Park & al. (2006), Roquet & al. (2008) concluded: “We favor the first option in order to arrive at a generic delimitation that reflects the evolutionary history ofCampanula. This approach is more consistent with previous taxonomic work,Campanula has always been very rich in number of species, and it does not seem to us reasonable to divide it ad nauseam. … However, a comprehensive study of the currently recognized genera that fall withinCampanula should be conducted before changing their taxonomic status.” If this approach would be taken, all species ofAdenophora, Legousia andPhyteuma would have to be treated asCampanula.

Menyanthaceae (J. W. Kadereit)

AlthoughNymphoides Ség. was found to be non-monophyletic, with one species more closely related to one clade of a non-monophyleticVillarsia Vent, than to the remaining species ofNymphoides (Tippery & al. 2008),N. peltata (S. G. Gmel.) Kuntze will not change name even when combined withVillarsia becauseNymphoides is the older name.

Asteraceae

Cardueae (A. Susanna & N. Garcia-Jacas)

Extensive molecular analyses in subtribeCentaureinae have demonstrated thatCentaurea L., as defined in classic terms, was a polyphyletic assemblage (Susanna & al. 1995;Garcia-Jacas & al. 2001). As regards naming of the two main lineages, problems originated with an inadequate type of the genus name proposed by Britton & Brown (1913), a decision later ratified by Dittrich (1993):C. centaurium L. This species belongs to a group of some 20–25 taxa that are not closest relative of the largest part of the genus. Two alternate solutions were possible for achieving a natural delineation of the two genera that should be recognized: first, to keep the old type and limit the use ofCentaurea to this group of species, which would imply renaming more than 200 species in a different genus; second, to conserve a new type belonging to the main group of the genus. This second, more conservative (in terms of botanical nomenclature) option finally prevailed: a new type,C. paniculata L., was proposed by Greuter & al. (2001) and is now the conserved type ofCentaurea (Wiersema & al. 2015). The valid name for the genus comprising the smaller group of species isRhaponticoides Vaill. This change, in Germany, affects onlyC. ruthenica Lam., which should be known asR. ruthenica (Lam.) M. V. Agab. & Greuter. As for the segregation ofC. sect.Cyanus (Mill.) DC. as a separate genus (e.g.Greuter & al. 2001), molecular evidence, although inconclusive, points at a sister relationship ofC. sect.Cyanus andC. sect.Centaurea (e.g.Garcia-Jacas & al. 2001). The latest proposal for a classification of the entire genusCentaurea (Hilpold & al. 2014) and the revisions of tribeCardueae by Susanna and Garcia-Jacas (2007,2009) do not acceptCyanus Mill, as genetically different fromCentaurea.

Cichorieae (N. Kilian)

Lapsana L., together with the equally epappose MediterraneanRhagadiolus Juss., is nested inCrepis L., as has been shown in nuclear ribosomal (ITS) and chloroplast (matK) DNA marker phylogenies by Enke & Gemeinholzer (2008). To maintainLapsana, which is monospecific after the well-supported segregation of the E AsianLapsanastrum Pak & K. Bremer (Pak & Bremer 1995;Deng & al. 2014) and the dispecificRhagadiolus as separate monophyletic genera,Crepis would have to be split into two morphologically ill-defined entities. This is definitely no practicable solution. If only monophyletic genera should be accepted, merging of both genera withCrepis would be the more appropriate solution, although breaking with a long tradition (no combination ofLapsana inCrepis has been published). The morphological circumscription ofCrepis does not, however, preclude the inclusion ofLapsana communis L. (and ofRhagadiolus) if variation is extended to allow for the absence of a pappus. In other subtribes, parallel cases of epappose entities traditionally treated as separate genera are similarly found nested in regularly pappose genera (e.g.Deng & al. 2014).

The members ofHypochaeris L. cluster in two main clades according to the phylogenetic analyses of nuclear ribosomal (ITS) and several chloroplast DNA marker sequences by Samuel & al. (2003,2006) and Enke & al. (2012). The results, however, are inconclusive as to whether the two clades actually form a sister group and thus to the monophyly ofHypochaeris. Based on these findings, Talavera & al. (2015a) opted for splitting the genus in the forthcoming treatment ofFlora iberica, there recognizing the segregatesAchyrophorus Adans. (in its narrow sense distributed in the Mediterranean region) andTrommsdorffia Bernh. (withT. maculata (L.) Bernh. [H.maculata L.] andT. uniflora (Vill.) Soják [H. uniflora Vill.] in the German flora), a solution that necessitates recognition of at least a fourth genus for the NW African-South American clade ofHypochaeris s.l.

Leontodon L. in its traditional circumscription is at least diphyletic (Samuel & al. 2006;Enke & al. 2012).Leontodon subg.Leontodon andL. subg.Oporinia (D. Don) Peterm., which both received strong support in molecular phylogenies, are nested in two different major clades of the subtribe. This finding from phylogenetic analyses based on both nuclear ribosomal (ITS) and chloroplast (matK) DNA marker sequences necessitates the recognition ofL. subg.Oporinia (includingL. autumnalis L.,L. helveticus Mérat andL. montanus Lam. in Germany) as a separate genus,Scorzoneroides Moench, withS. autumnalis (L.) Moench as type (Greuter & al. 2006) andS. helvetica (Mérat) Holub andS. montana (Lam.) Holub as additional species in the German flora. The authorship ofScorzoneroides should be attributed to Moench (Meth.: 549. 1794), because an earlier place of publication of that name and other genus names (in a German translation dated 1754–1756 of a pre-Linnaean work by Vaillant) is expected to be added to the list of suppressed works by the next International Botanical Congress (Applequist 2014: 1370).Leontodon s.str., moreover, is paraphyletic with respect to the small, chiefly Mediterranean genusHedypnois Mill., not present in the flora of Germany (Enke & al. 2012). The nrlTS phylogeny by Samuel & al. (2006) and Enke & al. (2012) also provide initial indication (without statistical support, and not supported by thematK phylogeny) thatL. sect.Thrincia (Roth) Benth. (with onlyL. saxatilis Lam.[Thrincia saxatilis (Lam.) Holub & Moravec] in the German flora) forms a clade not sister to the remainder ofLeontodon s.str. Based on these findings, Talavera & al. (2015b) revived the genusThrincia Roth for this clade.

Picris L. is monophyletic after exclusion of the small Mediterranean-SW Asian genusHelminthotheca Zinn (Samuel & al. 2006;Enke & al. 2012). Its segregation has previously been concluded for morphological reasons by Lack (1975). The only species of the latter genus in Germany isII. echioides (L.) Holub (Picris echioides L.), which also provides the type of the genus name.

Scorzonera L. is polyphyletic in all current circumscriptions according to the initial molecular phylogenetic investigations in the subtribe by Mavrodiev & al. (2004) and Owen & al. (2006), using nuclear ribosomal (ITS and ETS) DNA markers and Amplified Fragment Length Polymorphisms (AFLP) variation, respectively. According to these analyses, the clade ofScorzonera s.str. (including the type of the name,S. humilis L., as well asS. purpurea L.) is sister to a clade comprisingPodospermum DC. (of which the only member in the German flora,P. laciniatum (L.) DC. [S. laciniata L.], provides the type of that name). The other members ofScorzonera in its wider circumscription, as far as included in the analyses, are distributed over at least three further clades. Two of them, which form a clade sister to the clade comprisingKoelpinia Pall, and thePodospermum andScorzonera s.str. clades (Owen & al. 2006), each include one species in the German flora: S.austriaca L. andS. hispanica L. The third clade is the“Lasiospora clade” (includingS. hirsuta L., the type ofLasiospora Cass.), which is sister to all other lineages of the subtribe but has no representatives in the German flora. Apart from the segregation ofPodospermum DC. fromScorzonera s.str., which is supported as an option (but not a necessity), the current state of our knowledge ofScorzonera s.l. is still far too preliminary to draw taxonomic conclusions.

Sonchus L. has turned out to be paraphyletic with respect to various smaller Mediterranean-Macaronesian and Australian-New Zealand segregates as well as to the SE Pacific Ocean island endemicsDendroseris D. Don andThamnoseris Phil, in a series of molecular phylogenetic analyses based on both nuclear ribosomal and chloroplast DNA markers (Kim & al. 2007 and references therein). The preferred and envisaged taxonomic solution is the broadening of the generic concept forSonchus and (re)inclusion of all these genera (Mejias & Kim 2012). A splitting approach would inevitably dismember even the four German representatives of the genus, the congenerity of which has never been questioned.

The systematics of theLactuca alliance, which is represented in the German flora by the generaCicerbita Wallr.,Mycelis Cass, andLactuca L., has been in lively debate for more than 200 years. The first molecular phylogenetic analyses published (Koopman & al. 1998;Wang & al. 2013) explained the difficulties in arriving at a natural classification with frequent convergent evolution of morphological characters. Consequences for the generic classification of the species in Germany are to be expected, but phylogenetic reconstruction is still in progress and any reclassification would be premature at present.

Prenanthes L. has been redefined completely on the basis of molecular phylogenetics, now being understood as a probably monospecific genus, accommodating the chiefly EuropeanP. purpurea L. (Kilian & Gemeinholzer 2007;Kilian & al. 2009;Wang & al. 2013).

The placement of the C and SE EuropeanTolpis staticifolia (All.) Sch. Bip., the only representative ofTolpis L. in the flora of Germany, is not settled yet.Tolpis staticifolia and the S and tropical AfricanT. capensis (L.) Sch. Bip. (plus its close allyT. mbalensis G. V. Pope) have been excluded from that chiefly Mediterranean-Macaronesian genus based on palynological differences (Blackmore & Jarvis 1986) and on the results of a chloroplastndhF sequence phylogeny by Park & al. (2001), which placed the two species as sister toTaraxacum F. H. Wigg. (T. capensis) andCrepis (T. staticifolia), respectively.

Recent molecular phylogenetic analyses of theHieracium alliance using nuclear ribosomal, low-copy nuclear and chloroplast DNA markers (Fehrer & al. 2007,2009;Krak & al. 2013) revealed conflicting topologies between the different gene trees in particular due to both reticulate evolution and incomplete lineage sorting during the rapid evolution of the alliance. Discussing the available evidence, the authors concluded that the nuclear ribosomal DNA gene trees provide the best approximation for the reconstruction of the species tree. Accordingly,Hieracium L. in the wide sense is polyphyletic.Hieracium subg.Pilosella (Hill.) Fr. is sister to the W Mediterranean genusHispidella Lam., both are sister toH. subg.Hieracium and the AmericanH. subg.Chionoracium Sch. Bip. (=Stenotheca Monnier), the four taxa in turn are sister to the chiefly Mediterranean-Macaronesian genusAndryala L., and, finally,H. intybaceum All., which is restricted to the siliceous Alps, forms the sister group to all of them. The taxonomic consequences already widely drawn are the recognition as separate genera ofHieracium andPilosella Hill (for taxonomy and new combinations needed seeBräutigam & Greuter 2007; for the authorship ofPilosella the above notes onScorzoneroides also apply). The further consequence in order to arrive at monophyletic entities is the resurrection of the genusSchlagintweitia Griseb. to accommodateH. intybaceum (asS. intybacea (All.) Griseb.) and its few allies (Gottschlich & Greuter 2007;Greuter & Raab-Straube 2008).

Senecioneae (J. W. Kadereit)

Phylogenetic analyses ofSenecioneae (Pelser & al. 2002,2007,2010) have shown thatSenecio L. in its traditional circumscription is not monophyletic but rather both poly and paraphyletic. As regards species in the German flora, it is evident that those species that lack outer involucral bracts, i.e.S. congestus (R. Br.) DC.,S. gaudinii Gremli,S. helenites (L.) Schinz & Thell.,S. integrifolius (L.) Clairv. andS. rivularis (Waldst. & Kit.) DC., need to be segregated asTephroseris (Rchb.) Rchb., in which they are known asT. palustris (L.) Rchb. (forS. congestus), T. tenuifolia (Gaudin) Holub (forS. gaudinii), T. helenites (L.) B. Nord, (forS. helenites), T. integrifolia (L.) Holub (forS. integrifolius) andT. crispa (Jacq.) Rchb. (forS. rivularis).Tephroseris is only very distantly related toSenecio s.str. and even belongs to a different subtribe ofSenecioneae.

Species related toSenecio jacobaea L. should be segregated asJacobaea Mill., which again is only distantly related toSenecio s.str. These, besidesS. jacobaea (J. vulgaris Gaertn.), includeS. abrotanifolius L. (J. abrotanifolia (L.) Moench),S. alpinus (L.) Scop. (J. alpina (L.) Moench),S. aquaticus Hill (J. aquatica (Hill) G. Gaertn. & al.),S. erraticus Bertol. (J. erratica (Bertol.) Fourr.),S. erucifolius L. (J. erucifolia (L.) G. Gaertn. & al.),S. incanus subsp.carniolicus (Willd.) Braun-Blanq. (J. incana subsp.carniolica (Willd.) B. Nord.; for a recent account of theS. carniolicus aggregate seeFlatscher & al. 2015),S. paludosus L. (J. paludosa (L.) G. Gaertn. & al.) andS. subalpinus Koch. (J. subalpina (W. D. J. Koch) Pelser & Veldkamp). Combinations inJacobaea are available for all these species (Pelser & al. 2006).

Endocellion Turcz. ex Herder, containing two species in Asia, is clearly nested inPetasites Mill. (Steffen 2013) and should be treated as part of that genus. This does not affect the generic identity of thePetasites species in Germany.

Gnaphalieae (M. Galbany-Casals)

Phylogenetic analyses and morphological data show thatFilago L. is not monophyletic, and that the species involved should now be placed in two separate genera not closely related to each other (Galbany-Casals & al. 2010;Andrés-Sánchez & al. 2011):Logfia Cass, includesL. minima (Sm.) Dumort. (F. minima (Sm.) Pers.) andL. gallica (L.) Coss. & Germ. (F. gallica L.), andFilago includes the rest of the species present in Germany.Filago neglecta (Soyer-Willemet) DC. has been claimed to be of hybrid origin betweenL. gallica andGnaphalium uliginosum L. (Holub 1976;Jäger 2011), but this is currently considered highly doubtful (Andrés-Sánchez, pers. comm.). However, it is not clear yet if this rarely collected species belongs toFilago orLogfia.

Bombycilaena erecta (L.) Smoljan. has not been treated in Jäger (2005,2011), but there exists at least one old record of this species from Germany (Andrés-Sánchez & al. 2014). The genusBombycilaena (DC.) Smoljan. has been shown to be a lineage separate fromMicropus L. andFilago in a molecular phylogeny and is currently considered to include only two species from the Old World (Galbany-Casals & al. 2010;Andrés-Sánchez & al. 2014).

Omalotheca Cass, (sensuHolub 1976) has often been considered a synonym ofGnaphalium L. (e.g.Anderberg 1991;Jäger 2005,2011). However, a molecular phylogeny (Galbany-Casals & al. 2010) has shown thatGnaphalium s.l. is not monophyletic and that these two genera should be considered separate, given thatG. supinum L. — the type ofOmalotheca — is not closely related toG. uliginosum — the type ofGnaphalium. Additionally, Blöch & al. (2010) showed thatG. hoppeanum W. D. J. Koch,G. norvegium Gunnerus andG. sylvaticum L., three species also present in Germany, form a clade withG. supinum. In conclusion, with regard to the German flora,Gnaphalium should be restricted toG. uliginosum, and the other four species named above should be considered to belong toOmalotheca, asO. hoppeana (W. D. J. Koch) Sch. Bip. & F. W. Schultz,O. norvegica (Gunnerus.) Sch. Bip. & F. W. Schultz,O. supina (L.) DC. andO. sylvatica (L.) Sch. Bip. & F. W. Schultz. Smissen & al. (2011) noted thatGnaphalium s.str. includes diploid species (2n = 14), whereasOmalotheca species are all polyploids, and that the latter genus is part of a large clade of ancient allopolyploid origin, together with, among others, genera such asAntennaria Gaertn,Bombycilaena, Filago, Gamochaeta Wedd.,Leontopodium R. Br. ex Cass, andLogfia (Galbany-Casals & al. 2010).

Helichrysum Mill, is not monophyletic. Some Australasian species had already been transferred to other genera for morphological reasons (seeBayer 2001 andWard & al. 2009 for a review) and later were shown not to be part of the mainHelichrysum clade (Galbany-Casals & al. 2004;Ward & al. 2009;Smissen & al. 2011). This affectsH. bracteatum (Vent.) Willd., an ornamental species (Jäger 2005), which should be known asXerochrysum bracteatum (Vent.) Tzvelev (Bayer 2001).Anaphalis DC. andPseudognaphalium Kirp., two genera of hypothesized allopolyploid origin, are embebbed in the mainHelichrysum clade (Galbany-Casals & al. 2014). The need for a generic re-circumscription of these three genera, plus others, was extensively discussed by Galbany-Casals & al. (2014), who recommended maintainingAnaphalis, Helichrysum andPseudognaphalium as independent genera until more data are available. This affects two taxa present in Germany,A. margaritacea (L.) Benth. & Hook. f., an ornamental but naturalized (Jäger 2011) species native to Asia and North America, andP. luteoalbum (L.) Hilliard & B. L. Burtt. The latter species was treated asGnaphalium luteoalbum L. in Jäger (2005). At present it remains unclear if this species should be included inHelichrysum orPseudognaphalium, or if it should be treated asLaphangium Tzvelev as was done in Jäger (2011).

Astereae (C. Oberprieler)

The most comprehensive molecular phylogenetic analysis of tribeAstereae based on nrDNA ITS sequences was made by Brouillet & al. (2009). To a large extent, its results are supportive of the generic delimitation proposed by Greuter (2003) for the Euro+Med plantbase treatment of the tribe and of Nesom & Robinson's (2007) treatment ofAstereae in Kubitzki'sThe families and genera of vascular plants (Kadereit & Jeffrey 2007).

In subtribeSolidagininae, results by Brouillet & al. (2009) confirm thatSolidago L. is polyphyletic and that the naturalizedS. graminifolia (L.) Salisb. should be transferred toEuthamia (Nutt.) Cass. asE. graminifolia (L.) Nutt. because it belongs to another lineage than the type ofSolidago (i.e.S. virgaurea L.). While in subtribeBellidinae the monophyly of bothBellis L. andBellium L. was repeatedly found in molecular phylogenetic studies based on nrDNA ITS sequences (Fiz & al. 2002;Brouillet & al. 2009;Fiz-Palacios & Valcarcel 2011), phylogenetic analyses in subtribeAsterinae have led to extensive generic rearrangements due to the consistently demonstrated polyphyly ofAster L. in its classical circumscription. According to nrDNA ITS-based analyses by Brouillet & al. (2009), a more narrowly and more naturally circumscribed genusAster in Germany would only compriseA. alpinus L. andA. amellus L., whileA. linosyris (L.) Bernh. should be transferred to the Eurasian genusGalatella Cass. asG. linosyris (L.) Rchb. f., the halophilicA. tripolium L. to the genusTripolium Nees asT. pannonicum (Jacq.) Dobrocz., andA. bellidiastrum (L.) Scop. not only to the separate and monospecific genusBellidiastrum Scop. (asB. michelii Scop.) but also to another subtribe (Bellidinae). The last has also been confirmed by the phylogenetic analyses by Fiz & al. (2002) and Fiz-Palacios & Valcarcel (2011). Finally, molecular phylogenies based on nrDNA ITS alone (Brouillet & al. 2009) or on nrDNA ITS + ETS complemented by the intergenic spacer regiontrnL-trnF of the chloroplast genome (Li & al. 2012b) support the transfer of the naturalized “New World asters” (i.e.A. laevis L.,A. lanceolatus Willd.,A. novae-angliae L.,A. novi-belgii L.,A. parviflorus Nees,A. salignus Willd.,A. versicolor Willd.) to the genusSymphyotrichum Nees (subtribeSymphyotrichinae). On the other hand, Li & al. (2012b) found no evidence for a close relationship betweenCallistephus chinensis (L.) Nees and any other genus of subtribeAsterinae and supported its independent generic status. Finally, in subtribeConyzinae, it has been repeatedly demonstrated (Noyes 2000;Andrus & al. 2009;Brouillet & al. 2009) that neitherConyza Less. norErigeron L. as previously defined are monophyletic; a situation that is best accommodated by merging the two genera intoErigeron, as was already suggested by Greuter (2003). This requires the transfer ofC. bonariensis (L.) Cronquist,C. canadensis (L.) Cronquist andC. sumatrensis (Retz.) E. Walker to this more broadly circumscribed genus (asE. bonariensis L.,E. canadensis L., andE. sumatrensis Retz., respectively).

Anthemideae (C. Oberprieler)

In the S hemisphere subtribeCotulinae, phylogenetic analyses by Himmelreich & al. (2012) based on sequence variation of nrDNA ITS and intergenic spacer regions (psbA-trnH, trnC-petN) of the chloroplast genome have shown thatCotula L. is non-monophyletic, even when the MediterraneanC. cinerea Delile is excluded as the independent and monospecific genusBrocchia Vis. (asB. cinerea (Delile) Vis.) following results by Oberprieler (2004a). Being the type ofCotula, sinking ofLeptinella Cass. andSoliva Ruiz & Pav. into a broader, then monophyletic genus would not affect the name ofC. coronopifolia L., naturalized in the N hemisphere. Of subtribeArtemisiinae, as circumscribed by Oberprieler & al. (2007a,2009), onlyArtemisia L. andLeucanthemella Tzvelev are represented in our area. In the case of the former genus, there is a consistent tendency supported by many molecular phylogenetic studies of the last years (e.g.Vallès & al. 2003;Sanz & al. 2008;Pellicer & al. 2010,2011;Garcia & al. 2011) for lumping the numerous small to large segregate genera (i.e.Crossostephium Less.,Filifolium Kitam.,Mausolea Poljakov,Neopallasia Poljakov,Picrothamnus Nutt.,Seriphidium Fourr.,Sphaeromeria Nutt. andTuraniphytum Poljakov) into a broadly defined and monophyleticArtemisia. On the other hand, studies focusing on phylogenetic relationships among the remainder of theArtemisiinae sensu Oberprieler & al. (2007a,2009) in general and on the generic delimitation ofAjania Poljakov versusChrysanthemum L. in particular, presented no consistent and well-supported evidence for the affiliation ofLeucanthemella Tzvelev to any other genus of the subtribe (Masuda & al. 2009;Zhao & al. 2010). As a consequence,Leucanthemella with its sole European speciesL. serotina (L.) Tzvelev should be treated as an independent evolutionary unit at genus rank. After inclusion, motivated by molecular phylogenetic studies, of the Mediterranean monospecificOtanthus Hoffmanns. & Link and the equally monospecific Turkish endemicLeucocyclus Boiss. in subtribeMatricariinae (Guo & al. 2004;Oberprieler 2004b;Ehrendorfer & Guo 2005),Achillea L. constitutes a monophyletic genus. Support from a comprehensive molecular phylogenetic analysis for the monophyly of the Eurasian and Mediterranean Matricaria L. with its presently accepted six species (Oberprieler & al. 2007b,2009) is still missing. However, the transfer of the AegeanM. macrotis Rech. f. toAnthemis L. (asA. macrotis (Rech. f.) Oberpr. & Vogt) based on nrDNA sequence information (Oberprieler & Vogt 2006) and the repeatedly shown support for the generic independence ofMatricaria (subtribeMatricariinae) fromTripleurospermum Sch. Bip. (subtribeAnthemidinae; e.g.Oberprieler 2004b,2005;Oberprieler & al. 2007a) and fromMicrocephala Pobed. (subtribeHandeliinae; e.g.Oberprieler & al. 2007a;Sonboli & al. 2012) contributed strong evidence for the naturalness ofMatricaria in its present circumscription. In subtribeAnthemidinae sensu Oberprieler & al. (2007a,2009) with its species-rich core generaAnthemis L. andTanacetum L., considerable efforts have been made to achieve a natural delimitation of genera based on molecular phylogenies. After Oberprieler (2001) had shown, with a limited taxon sample, thatAnthemis in its traditional circumscription is paraphyletic, and that the species ofA. sect.Cota (J. Gay) Rchb. f., distinct in their achene morphology, should be transferred to the independent genusCota J. Gay ex Guss. (Greuter & al. 2003), Lo Presti & al. (2010) corroborated this finding based on a comprehensive species sampling (c. 75 % of the described species) and sequence information from both nuclear and plastid markers. With the exclusion of further four species from the Caucasus region (i.e.A. calcarea Sosn.,A. fruticulosa M. Bieb.,A. marschalliana Willd. andA. trotzkiana Bunge) from Anthemis and their accommodation in the newly described genusArchanthemis Lo Presti & Oberpr., and the abovementioned inclusion ofMatricaria macrotis (Oberprieler & Vogt 2006), three natural, morphologically distinct genera were established (Lo Presti & al. 2010;Sonboli & al. 2012). To reflect these phylogenetic findings,Anthemis austriaca Jacq. andA. tinctoria L., hitherto treated asAnthemis in Germany, should be transferred toCota, asC. austriaca (Jacq.) Sch. Bip. andC. tinctoria (L.) J. Gay.

The natural circumscription ofTanacetum L. remains problematic even after considerable taxon and marker sampling. Based on nrDNA ITS and cpDNAtrnH-psbA sequence information, Sonboli & al. (2012) could demonstrate that there is no support for a generic separation of the yellow-rayed or rayless species of Tanacetum from the white- and red-rayed species ofPyrethrum Zinn. On the other hand, even after exclusion of several enigmatic species fromTanacetum based on phylogenetic analyses (i.e.T. annuum L. andT. microphyllum DC. transferred to the newly establishedVogtia Oberpr. & Sonboli [Sonboli & al. 2012];T. paradoxum Bornm. transferred toArtemisia [Sonboli & al. 2011];T. semenovii Herder transferred toRichtera Kar. & Kir. [Sonboli & Oberprieler 2012]) and the suggested inclusion inTanacetum of many satellite genera (e.g.Balsamita Mill.,Gonospermum Less.,Gymnocline Cass.,Hemipappus K. Koch,Lugoa DC.,Spathipappus Tzvelev andXylanthemum Tzvelev), support for a monophyleticTanacetum remains weak and awaits phylogenetic reconstructions based on a broader sampling of molecular markers (Sonboli & al. 2012). For the time being, this argues for the presently used broad generic concept ofTanacetum in Germany.

After having been raised from sectional rank inTanacetum to an independent genus by Heywood (1975),Leucanthemopsis (Giroux) Heywood was considered to be related toLeucanthemum Mill. by Bremer & Humphries (1993) until molecular phylogenetic studies revealed its even closer relationships with three monospecific genera endemic to the Iberian Peninsula,Castrilanthemum Vogt & Oberpr.,Hymenostemma Willk. andProlongoa Boiss. This resulted in its accommodation in the new subtribeLeucanthemopsidinae (Oberprieler & al. 2007a,2009). More recently, a multilocus phylogenetic analysis of all species of the subtribe in a coalescent-based species-tree reconstruction clearly demonstrated the well-supported monophyly ofLeucanthemopsis (Tomasello & al. 2015).

As already discussed by Vogt (1991) in his revision ofLeucanthemum Mill. in the Iberian Peninsula, the genus in its traditional circumscription contained species that are only remotely related to its type,L. vulgare Lam. Accommodation of these divergent species in the independent generaMauranthemum Vogt & Oberpr. andRhodanthemum B. H. Wilcox & al. by Vogt & Oberprieler (1995) and Bremer & Humphries (1993), respectively, has led to a well-circumscribed and strongly supported monophyleticLeucanthemum, as was recently corroborated by a multi-locus phylogenetic analysis by Konowalik & al. (2015).

In subtribeSantolininae sensu Oberprieler & al. (2007a,2009), genus delimitations were studied in molecular phylogenetic analyses by Oberprieler (2002). Based on nrDNA ITS and cpDNAtrnL-trnF sequence variation, this study demonstrated the paraphyly ofChamaemelum Mill. relative to the monospecificCladanthus Cass. Transfer of four W MediterraneanChamaemelum species toCladanthus led to two well-supported monophyletic sister genera, with the widely cultivated and sporadically naturalizedC. nobile (L.) All. and the W MediterraneanC. fuscatum (Brot.) Vasc. as the only members ofChamaemelum.

Glebionis Cass. with the naturalizedG. segetum (L.) Fourr. comprises only two species and is the type genus of the small subtribeGlebionidinae (Oberprieler & al. 2007a,2009). Phylogenetic relationships within this subtribe were studied by Francisco-Ortega & al. (1997), who found little support for the monophyly of the subtribe and for the genus (subChrysanthemum) in a maximum-parsimony analysis based on nrDNA ITS sequence variation. While more recent studies using model-based sequence analysis methods (maximum likelihood) gained strong support for the monophyly of the subtribe (Oberprieler 2005;Oberprieler & al. 2007a), relationships among the genera of Glebionidinae, i.e. the species-richArgyranthemum Webb (24 spp.),Glebionis (two spp.), and the two monospecific generaHeteranthemis Schott andIsmelia Cass., remain unclear, especially after a recent study based on nrDNA ITS sequence variation by Imamura & al. (2015), who foundG. coronaria (L.) Spach nested in a group of Argyranthemum species. If future studies should corroborate the non-monophyly of the four genera of Glebionidinae, and their merging would be necessary to arrive at a monophyletic genus, the oldest genus name for this entity would beHeteranthemis Schott. For the time being, however, retaining the four genera in their present circumscriptions appears preferable due to their morphological and geographical distinctness.

Inuleae (J. W. Kadereit)

Phylogenetic analyses of tribeInuleae have shown that neitherInula L. norPulicaria Gaertn. are monophyletic (Anderberg & al. 2005;Englund & al. 2009), but this has not yet been translated into formal taxonomic changes, although possible taxonomic consequences were discussed by Englund & al. (2009). The species ofInula present in Germany fall into at least four different clades, of whichI. graveolens (L.) Desf. is more closely related toPulicaria and its relatives than toInula and its relatives and has been treated asDittrichia Greuter. Maintainance of this genus will depend on future treatment of the various lineages ofPulicaria. If, after exclusion of some lineages as suggested by Englund & al. (2009), a broad concept ofPulicaria is adopted,Dittrichia will have to be included in that genus. If, on the other hand, a narrow concept ofPulicaria is adopted,Dittrichia would remain an independent genus and the two species of Pulicaria present in Germany (P. dysenterica (L.) Bernh. andP. vulgaris Gaertn.) would remain inPulicaria. Adoption of a broad concept ofInula would require inclusion ofCarpesium L. andTelekia Baumg. Adoption of a narrow concept would require distribution of the German species in probably several genera, dependent on treatment, and onlyI. helenium L., as the type, would remain inInula.

Helenieae (J. W. Kadereit)

BothBidens L. andCoreopsis L. have been shown not to be monophyletic (Mort & al. 2008), but this has not yet been translated into taxonomic changes.

Heliantheae (J. W. Kadereit)

BothAmbrosia L. andIva L. have been found not to be monophyletic (Miao & al. 1995).Ambrosia becomes monophyletic after inclusion ofHymenoclea Torr. & A. Gray, as proposed by Panero (2007), whereas parts ofIva are better accommodated in other genera. This affects the GermanI. xanthiifolia Nutt., which, according to Panero (2007), should be considered a species ofEuphrosyne DC. and calledE. xanthiifolia (Nutt.) A. Gray.

Madieae (J. W. Kadereit)

AlthoughEriophyllum Lag. does not appear to be monophyletic (Baldwin & al. 2002),E. lanatum (Push) Forbes, a naturalized ornamental in Germany, is part of the perennial clade, which also contains the type of the genus name. In consequence, no change of name will be necessary should the genus be split.

Conclusions

Among the 840 genera examined, we identified c. 140 where data quality is sufficiently high to conclude that they are not monophyletic, and an additional c. 20 where monophyly is questionable but where data quality is not yet sufficient to reach convincing conclusions. The resolution of these uncertainties will depend on the expansion of taxon and DNA sequence datasets, and on the interpretation of the results by taxonomic specialists. In many cases recognition of non-monophyly offers the options of either to expand genera in order to include former satellites or to split genera into smaller generic entities. As we do not know which of these options will be adopted in each case, we cannot say how the number of genera recognized in the German flora will be affected. General trends in global plant classification, e.g. towards larger genera based on molecular data (Humphreys & Linder 2009), may or may not be reflected in the consequences for the comparatively small and well-studied German flora. However, the summary presented here clearly indicates that considerable further change is inevitable provided monophyly is accepted as the primary criterion for circumscribing genera (and taxa in general). Although such developments may be met with some dismay by users of Floras, they reflect ongoing progress in our scientific understanding of plant diversity.

Acknowledgements

M. Galbany-Casals would like to thank Santiago Andrés-Sánchez and Rob Smissen, and J. W. Kadereit would like to thank Arne A. Anderberg, Bruce G. Baldwin, Christopher D. Preston and Clive A. Stace — all for helpful advice. Eckehart J. Jäger and an anonymous reviewer are gratefully acknowledged for helpful comments.

References

1.

Aas G., Maier J., Baltisberger M. & Metzger S. 1994: Morphology, isozyme variation, cytology, and reproduction of hybrids betweenSorbus aria (L.) Crantz andS. torminalis (L.) Crantz. — Bot. Helv. 104: 195–214. Google Scholar

2.

Abbot R. J. 2011: Notes on the disintegration ofPolygala (Polygalaceae), with four new genera for the flora of North America. — J. Bot. Res. Inst. Texas 5: 125–137. Google Scholar

3.

Abu Sbaih H. A., Keith-Lucas D. M., Jury S. & Tubaileh A. S. 1994: Pollen morphology of the genusOrobanche L. (Orobanchaceae). —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 116: 305–313. Google Scholar

4.

Aceto S., Caputo P., Cozzolino S., Gaudio L. & Moretti A. 1999: Phylogeny and evolution ofOrchis and allied genera based on ITS DNA variation: morphological gaps and molecular continuity. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 13: 67–76. Google Scholar

5.

Adhikari B., Milne R., Pennington R. T., Särkinen T. & Pendry C. A. 2015: Systematics and biogeography ofBerberis s.l. inferred from nuclear ITS and chloroplastndhF gene sequences. —  Taxon 64: 39–48. Google Scholar

6.

Adhikari B., Pendry C. A., Pennington R. T. & Milne R. I. 2012: A revision ofBerberis s. s. (Berberidaceae) in Nepal. —  Edinburgh J. Bot. 69: 447–522. Google Scholar

7.

Aedo C. & Vargas P. 2003:Seseli L. — Pp. 204–215 in: Nieto Feliner G., Jury S. L. & Herrero A. (ed.), Flora iberica 10. — Madrid: Real Jardín Botánico, C.S.I.C. Google Scholar

8.

Ahrendt L. W. A. 1961:Berberis andMahonia: a taxonomic revision. —  J. Linn. Soc., Bot. 57: 1–410. Google Scholar

9.

Akhani H., Edwards G. & Roalson E. H. 2007: Diversification of the worldSalsoleae s.l. (Chenopodiaceae): molecular phylogenetic analysis of nuclear and chloroplast datasets and a revised classification. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 168: 931–956. Google Scholar

10.

Akhani H., Greuter W. & Roalson E. H. 2014: Notes on the typification and nomenclature ofSalsola andKali (Chenopodiaceae). —  Taxon 63: 647–650. Google Scholar

11.

Albach D. C. 2008: Further arguments for the rejection of paraphyletic taxa:Veronica subgen.Pseudolysimachium (Plantaginaceae). — Taxon 57: 1–6. Google Scholar

12.

Albach D. C. & Chase M. W. 2001: Paraphyly ofVeronica (Veroniceae;Scrophulariaceae): evidence from the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA. —  J. Pl. Res. 114: 9–18. Google Scholar

13.

Albach D. C., Martínez Ortega M. M., Fischer M. A. & Chase M. W. 2004a: Evolution ofVeroniceae: a phylogenetic perspective. — Ann. Missouri. Bot. Gard. 91: 275–302. Google Scholar

14.

Albach D. C., Martínez Ortega M. M., Fischer M. A. & Chase M. W. 2004b: A new classification of the tribeVeroniceae — problems and a possible solution. —  Taxon 53: 429–452. Google Scholar

15.

Allan G. J. & Porter J. M. 2000: Tribal delimitation and phylogenetic relationships ofLoteae andCoronilleae (Faboideae:Fabaceae) with special reference toLotus: evidence from nuclear ribosomal ITS sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 87: 1871–1881. Google Scholar

16.

Allan G. J., Zimmer E. A., Wagner E. L. & Sokoloff D. D. 2003: Molecular phylogenetic analyses of tribeLoteae (Leguminosae), implications for classification and biogeography. — Pp. 371–393 in: Klitgaard B. & Bruneau A. (ed.), Advances in legume systematics 10. — Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Google Scholar

17.

Allred K. W. & Barkworth M. E. 2007:Anthoxanthum L. — Pp. 758–764 in: Barkworth M. E., Capels K. M., Long S., Anderton L. K. & Piep M. B. (ed.), Flora of North America 24. — New York: Oxford University Press. Google Scholar

18.

Alrich P. & Higgins W. 2011: Orchid genera lectotypes. — Lankesteriana 11: 69–94. Google Scholar

19.

Al-Shehbaz I. A. 2012: A generic and tribal synopsis of theBrassicaceae (Cruciferae). — Taxon 61: 931–954. Google Scholar

20.

Al-Shehbaz I. A. & Appel O. 1997: Generic limits and taxonomy ofHornungia, Pritzelago, andHymenolobus (Brassicaceae). —  Novon 7: 338–340. Google Scholar

21.

Al-Shehbaz I. A., Appel O. & Mummenhoff K. 2002:Cardaria, Coronopus, andStroganowia are united withLepidium (Brassicaceae). —  Novon 12: 5–11. Google Scholar

22.

Amirahmadi A., Osaloo S. K., Moein F., Kaveh A. & Maassoumi A. A. 2014: Molecular systematics of the tribeHedysareae (Fabaceae) based on nrDNA ITS and plastidtrnL-F andmatK sequences. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 300: 729–747. Google Scholar

23.

Anderberg A. A. 1991: Taxonomy and phylogeny of the tribeGnaphalieae (Asteraceae). — Opera Bot. 104: 1–195. Google Scholar

24.

Anderberg A. A., Eldenäs P., Bayer R. J. & Englund M. 2005: Evolutionary relationships in theAsteraceae tribeInuleae (incl.Plucheeae) evidenced by DNA sequences ofndhF; with notes on the systematic positions of some aberrant genera. —  Organisms Diversity Evol. 5: 135–146. Google Scholar

25.

Anderberg A. A., Manns U. & Kallersjö M. 2007: Phylogeny and floral evolution of theLysimachieae (Ericales, Myrsinaceae): evidence fromndhF sequence data. —  Willdenowia 37: 407–421. Google Scholar

26.

Andrés-Sánchez S., Galbany-Casals M., Rico E. & Martínez-Ortega M. M. 2011: A nomenclatural treatment forLogfia Cass. andFilago L. (Asteraceae) as newly circumscribed. Typification of several names. — Taxon 60: 572–576. Google Scholar

27.

Andrés-Sánchez S., Martínez-Ortega M. M. & Rico E. 2014: Revisión taxonómica del géneroBombycilaena (DC.) Smoljan. (Asteraceae). —  Candollea 69: 55–63. Google Scholar

28.

Andrus N., Tye A., Nesom G., Bogler D., Lewis C., Noyes R., Jaramillo P. & Francisco-Ortega J. 2009: Phylogenetics ofDarwiniothamnus (Asteraceae:Astereae) — molecular evidence for multiple origins in the endemic flora of the Galápagos Islands. —  J. Biogeogr. 36: 1055–1069. Google Scholar

29.

Antonelli A. 2008: Higher level phylogeny and evolutionary trends inCampanulaceae subfam.Lobelioideae: Molecular signal overshadows morphology. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 46: 1–18. Google Scholar

30.

APG III [Angiosperm Phylogeny Group] 2009: An update of the Angiosperm Phylogeny Group classification for the orders and families of flowering plants: APG III. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 161: 105–121. Google Scholar

31.

Applequist W. L. 2012: Report of the Nomenclature Committee for Vascular Plants: 64. — Taxon 61: 1108–1117. Google Scholar

32.

Applequist W. L. 2014: Report of the Nomenclature Committee for Vascular Plants: 66. —  Taxon 63: 1358–1371. Google Scholar

33.

Arambarri A. M., Stenglein S. A., Colares M. N. & Novoa M. C. 2005: Taxonomy of the New World species ofLotus (Leguminosae:Loteae). —  Austral. J. Bot. 53: 797–812. Google Scholar

34.

Arias T., Beilstein M. A., Tang M., McCain M. R. & Pires J. C. 2014: Diversification times amongBrassica (Brassicaceae) crops suggest hybrid formation after 20 million years of divergence. —  Amer. J. Bot. 101: 86–101. Google Scholar

35.

Arias T. & Pires J. C. 2012: A fully resolved chloroplast phylogeny of theBrassica crops and wild relatives (Brassicaceae:Brassiceae): novel clades and potential taxonomic implications. — Taxon 61: 980–988. Google Scholar

36.

Arslan E. & Ertuğrul K. 2010: Genetic relationships of the generaOnobrychis, Hedysarum, andSartoria using seed storage proteins. — Turk. J. Bot. 34: 67–73. Google Scholar

37.

Avino M., Tortoriello G. & Caputo P. 2009: A phylogenetic analysis ofDipsacaceae based on four DNA regions. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 279: 69–86. Google Scholar

38.

Baldwin B. G., Goldman D., Keil D. J., Patterson R., Rosatti T. J., Wilken D. H. 2012: The Jepson manual. Vascular plants of California, ed. 2. — Berkeley: University of California Press. Google Scholar

39.

Baldwin B. G., Keil D. J., Markos S., Mishler B. D., Patterson R., Rosatti T. J. & Wilken D. H. 2015+ [continuously updated]: Jepson Flora ProjectJepson eFlora. — Published at  http://ucjeps.berkeley.edu/IJM.html [accessed 16 Sep 2015]. Google Scholar

40.

Baldwin B. G., Wessa B. L. & Panero J. L. 2002: Nuclear rDNA evidence for major lineages of helenioidHeliantheae (Compositae). — Syst. Bot. 27: 161–198. Google Scholar

41.

Banasiak Ł., Piwczyński M., Uliński T., Downie S. R., Watson M. F., Shakya B. & Spalik K. 2013: Dispersal patterns in space and time: a case study ofApiaceae subfamilyApioideae. —  J. Biogeogr. 40: 1324–1335. Google Scholar

42.

Banasiak Ł., Wojewódzka A., Baczyński J., Reduron J.-P., Piwczyński M., Kurzyna-Młynik R., Gutaker R., Czarnocka-Cieciura A., Kosmala-Grzechnik S. & Spalik K. [in press]: Phylogeny ofApiaceae subtribeDaucinae and the taxonomic delineation of its genera. — Taxon. Google Scholar

43.

Banfi E., Galasso G. & Soldano A. 2005: Notes on systematics and taxonomy for the Italian vascular flora. 1. — Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Milano 146: 219–244. Google Scholar

44.

Banfi E., Galasso G. & Soldano A. 2011: Notes on systematics and taxonomy for the Italian vascular flora. 2. —  Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Milano 152: 85–106. Google Scholar

45.

Bateman R. M. 2001: Evolution and classification of European orchids: insights from molecular and morphological characters. — J. Eur. Orch. 33: 33–119. Google Scholar

46.

Bateman R. M. 2009: Evolutionary classification of European orchids: the crucial importance of maximising explicit evidence and minimising authoritarian speculation. — J. Eur. Orch. 41: 243–318. Google Scholar

47.

Bateman R. M. 2012a: Circumscribing genera in the European orchid flora: a subjective critique of recent contributions. — Ber. Arbeitskreis. Heimische Orchid. 29, Beiheft 8: 94–126. Google Scholar

48.

Bateman R. M. 2012b: Circumscribing genera in the European orchid flora: multiple datasets interpreted in the context of speciation mechanisms. — Ber. Arbeitskreis. Heimische Orchid. 29, Beiheft 8: 160–212. Google Scholar

49.

Bateman R. M., Hollingsworth P. M., Preston J., Luo Y.-B., Pridgeon A. M. & Chase M. W. 2003: Molecular phylogenetics and evolution ofOrchidinae and selectedHabenariinae (Orchidaceae). —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 142: 1–40. Google Scholar

50.

Bateman R. M., Pridgeon A. M. & Chase M. W. 1997: Phylogenetics of subtribeOrchidinae (Orchidoideae, Orchidaceae) based on nuclear ITS sequences. 1. Infrageneric relationships and reclassification to achieve monophyly ofOrchis sensu stricto. — Lindleyana 12: 113–141. Google Scholar

51.

Baum D. A., Sytsma K. J. & Hoch P. C. 1994: A phylogenetic analysis ofEpilobium (Onagraceae) based on nuclear ribosomal DNA-sequences. —  Syst. Bot. 19: 363–388. Google Scholar

52.

Bayer R. J. 2001:Xerochrysum Tzvelev, a pre-existing generic name forBracteantha Anderb. & Haegi (Asieraceae:Gnaphalieae). —  Kew Bull. 56: 1013–1015. Google Scholar

53.

Bell C. D. & Donoghue M. J. 2005: Phylogeny and biogeography ofValerianaceae (Dipsacales) with special reference to the South American valerians. —  Organisms Diversity Evol. 5: 147–159. Google Scholar

54.

Bena G. 2001: Molecular phylogeny supports the morphologically based taxonomic transfer of the “medicagoid”Trigonella species to the genusMedicago L. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 229: 217–236. Google Scholar

55.

Bendiksby M., Brysting A. K., Thorbek L., Gussarova G. & Ryding O. 2011a: Molecular phylogeny and taxonomy of the genusLamium L. (Lamiaceae): Disentangling origins of presumed allotetraploids. — Taxon 60: 986–1000. Google Scholar

56.

Bendiksby M., Thorbek L., Scheen A.-C., Lindqvist C. & Ryding O. 2011b: An updated phylogeny and classification ofLamiaceae subfamilyLamioideae. — Taxon 60: 471–484. Google Scholar

57.

Bennett J. R. & Mathews S. 2006: Phylogeny of the parasitic plant familyOrobanchaceae inferred from phytochrome A. —  Amer. J. Bot. 93: 1039–1051. Google Scholar

58.

Bidartondo M. I. & Bruns T. D. 2001: Extreme specificity in epiparasiticMonotropoideae (Ericaceae): widespread phylogenetic and geographical structure. —  Molec. Ecol. 10: 2285–2295. Google Scholar

59.

Bittkau C. & Comes H. P. 2009: Molecular inference of a Late Pleistocene diversification shift inNigella s. lat. (Ranunculaceae) resulting from increased speciation in the Aegean archipelago. —  J. Biogeogr. 36: 1346–1360. Google Scholar

60.

Bittrich V. 1993:Caryophyllaceae. — Pp. 206–236 in: Kubitzki K., Rohwer J. & Bittrich V. (ed.),  The families and genera of vascular plants 2. — Berlin: Springer. Google Scholar

61.

Blackmore S. & Jarvis C. E. 1986: Palynology of the genusTolpis Adanson (Compositae: Lactuceae). — Pollen & Spores 28: 111–122. Google Scholar

62.

Blöch C., Dickoré W. B., Samuel R. & Stuessy T. F. 2010: Molecular phylogeny of the Edelweiss (Leontopodium,AsteraceaeGnaphalieae). —  Edinburgh J. Bot. 67: 235–264. Google Scholar

63.

Borsch T., Korotkova N., Raus T., Lobin W. & Löhne C. 2009: ThepetD group II intron as a species level marker: utility for tree inference and species identification in the diverse genusCampanula (Campanulaceae). —  Willdenowia 39: 7–33. Google Scholar

64.

Bräuchler C., Meimberg H. & Heubl G. 2010: Molecular phylogeny ofMenthinae (Lamiaceae,Nepetoideae, Mentheae) — Taxonomy, biogeography and conflicts. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 55: 501–523. Google Scholar

65.

Bräutigam S. & Greuter W. 2007: A new treatment ofPiloseda for the Euro-Mediterranean flora [Notulae ad floram euro-mediterraneam pertinentes 24]. —  Willdenowia 37: 123–137. Google Scholar

66.

Bremer K. & Humphries C. J. 1993: Generic monograph of theAsteraceae—Anthemideae. — Bull. Brit. Mus. (Nat. Hist.), Bot. 23:71–177. Google Scholar

67.

Britton N. L. & Brown A. 1913: An illustrated flora of the northern United States and Canada. — New York: C. Scribner's sons. Google Scholar

68.

Brouillet L., Lowrey T. K., Urbatsch L., Karaman-Castro V., Sancho G., Wagstaff S. & Semple J. C. 2009: TribeAstereae. — Pp. 589–629 in: Funk V. A., Susanna A., Stuessy T. F. & Bayer R. J. (ed.), Systematics, evolution, and biogeography of theCompositae. — Vienna: International Association for Plant Taxonomy. Google Scholar

69.

Brummitt R. K. 2006: Am I a bony fish? —  Taxon 55: 268–269. Google Scholar

70.

Bruyns P. V., Mapaya R. J. & Hedderson T. 2006: A new subgeneric classification forEuphorbia (Euphorbiaceae) in southern Africa based on ITS andpsbA-trnH sequence data. —  Taxon 55: 397–420. Google Scholar

71.

Buttler K. P. 2001: Taxonomy ofOrchidaceae tribusOrchideae, a traditional approach. — J. Eur. Orch. 33: 7–32. Google Scholar

72.

Buttler K. P. & Hand R. 2008a: Liste der Gefäßpflanzen Deutschlands. — Kochia Beih. 1: 1–107. Google Scholar

73.

Buttler K. P. & Hand R. 2008b: Beiträge zur Fortschreibung der Florenliste Deutschlands (Pteridophyta,Spermatophyta) — Zweite Folge. — Kochia 3: 75–86. Google Scholar

74.

Buttler K. P. & Hand R. 2011: Beiträge zur Fortschreibung der Florenliste Deutschlands (Pteridophyta,Spermatophyta) — Vierte Folge. — Kochia 5: 83–91. Google Scholar

75.

Buttler K. P. & Hand R. 2013: Beiträge zur Fortschreibung der Florenliste Deutschlands (Pteridophyta,Spermatophyta) — Sechste Folge. — Kochia 7: 121–130. Google Scholar

76.

Caddick L. R., Rudall P. J., Wilkin P., Hedderson T. A. J. & Chase M. W. 2002a: Phylogenetics ofDioscoreales based on combined analyses of morphological and molecular data. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 138: 123–144. Google Scholar

77.

Caddick L. R., Wilkin P., Rudall P. J., Hedderson T. A. J. & Chase M. W. 2002b: Yams reclassified: a recircumscription ofDioscoreaceae andDioscoreales. —  Taxon 51: 103–114. Google Scholar

78.

Calviño C. I. & Downie S. R. 2007: Circumscription and phylogeny ofApiaceae subfamilySaniculoideae based on chloroplast DNA sequences. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 44: 175–191. Google Scholar

79.

Cameron K. M. 2005: Leave it to the leaves: a molecular phylogenetic study ofMalaxideae (Epidendroideae,Orchidaceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 92: 1025–1032. Google Scholar

80.

Campbell C. S., Evans R. C., Morgan D. R., Dickinson T. A. & Arsenault M. P. 2007: Phylogeny of subtribePyrinae (formerly theMaloideae, Rosaceae): limited resolution of a complex evolutionary history. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 266: 119–145. Google Scholar

81.

Cantone C., Gaudio L. & Aceto S. 2011: ThePI/GLOlike locus in orchids: duplication and purifying selection at synonymous sites withinOrchidinae (Orchidaceae). —  Gene 481: 48–55. Google Scholar

82.

Cantone C., Sica M., Gaudio L. & Aceto S. 2009: TheOrcPI locus: Genomic organization, expression pattern, and noncoding regions variability inOrchis italica (Orchidaceae) and related species. —  Gene 434: 9–15. Google Scholar

83.

Carine M. A., Russel S. J., Santos-Guerra A. & Francisco-Ortega J. 2004: Relationships of the Macaronesian and Mediterranean floras: molecular evidence for multiple colonizations into Macaronesia and backcolonization of the continent inConvolvulus (Convolvulaceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 91: 1070–1085. Google Scholar

84.

Carlsen T., Bleeker W., Hurka H., Elven R. & Brochmann C. 2009: Biogeography and phylogeny of “Cardamine” (Brassicaceae). —  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 96: 215–236. Google Scholar

85.

Carlson S. E., Mayer V. & Donoghue M. J. 2009: Phylogenetic relationships, taxonomy, and morphological evolution inDipsacaceae (Dipsacales) inferred by DNA sequence data. — Taxon 58: 1075–1091. Google Scholar

86.

Carolan J.C., Hook I.L.I, Chase M. W., Kadereit J. W. & Hodkinson T. R. 2006: Phylogenetics ofPapaver and related genera based on DNA sequences from ITS nuclear ribosomal DNA and plastidtrnL Intron andtrnL-F intergenic spacers. —  Ann. Bot. 98: 141–155. Google Scholar

87.

Carrillo-Reyes P., Sosa V. & Mort M. E. 2009: Molecular phylogeny of the Acre clade (Crassulaceae): dealing with the lack of definitions forEcheveria andSedum. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 53: 267–276. Google Scholar

88.

Catalán P., Torrecilla P., López-Rodríguez J. A., Müller J. & Stace C. A. 2007: A systematic approach to subtribeLoliinae (Poaceae: Pooideae) based on phylogenetic evidence. —  Aliso 23: 380–405. Google Scholar

89.

Catalán P., Torrecilla P., López-Rodríguez J. Á. & Olmstead R. G. 2004: Phylogeny of the festucoid grasses of subtribeLoliinae and allies (Poeae,Pooideae) inferred from ITS andtrnL-F sequences. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 31: 517–541. Google Scholar

90.

Cecchi L., Coppi A., Hilger H. H. & Selvi F. 2014: Nonmonophyly ofBuglossoides (Boraginaceae: Lithospermeae): phylogenetic and morphological evidence for the expansion ofGlandora and reappraisal ofAegonychon. —  Taxon 63: 1065–1078. Google Scholar

91.

Cecchi L., Gabrielli R., Arnetoli M., Gonnelli C., Hasko A. & Selvi F. 2010: Evolutionary lineages of nickel hyper accumulation and systematics in EuropeanAlysseae (Brassicaceae): evidence from nrDNA sequence data. —  Ann. Bot. 106: 751–767. Google Scholar

92.

Chase M. W., Cameron K. M., Barrett R. L. & Freudenstein J. V. 2003: DNA data andOrchidaceae systematics: a new phylogenetic classification. — Pp. 69–89 in: Dixon K. W., Kell S. P., Barrett R. L. & Cribb P. J. (ed.), Orchid conservation. — Kota Kinabalu: Natural History Publications. Google Scholar

93.

Chassot P., Nemomissa S., Yuan Y.-M. & Küpfer P. 2001: High paraphyly ofSwertia L. (Gentianaceae) in theGentianella-lineage as revealed by nuclear and chloroplast DNA sequence variation. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 229: 1–21. Google Scholar

94.

Chen L.-Y., Chen J.-M., Wahiti Gituru R. & Wang Q.-F. 2012: Generic phylogeny, historical biogeography and character evolution of the cosmopolitan aquatic plant familyHydrocharitaceae. —  BMC Evol. Biol. 12: 30. Google Scholar

95.

Cheng J. & Xie L. 2014: Molecular phylogeny and historical biogeography ofCaltha (Ranunculaceae) based on analyses of multiple nuclear and plastid sequences. —  J. Syst. Evol. 52: 51–67. Google Scholar

96.

Compton J. A. & Culham A. 2002: Phylogeny and circumscription of tribeActaeeae (Ranunculaceae). — Syst. Bot. 27: 502–511. Google Scholar

97.

Compton J. A., Culham A. & Jury S. L. 1998: Reclassification ofActaea to includeCimicifuga andSouliea (Ranunculaceae): phylogeny inferred from morphology, nrDNA ITS, and cpDNAtrnL-F sequence variation. —  Taxon 47: 593–634. Google Scholar

98.

Couvreur T. L. P., Franzke A., Al-Shehbaz I. A., Bakker F. T., Koch M. A. & Mummenhoff K. 2010: Molecular phylogenetics, temporal diversification and principles of evolution in the mustard family (Brassicaceae). —  Molec. Biol. Evol. 27: 55–71. Google Scholar

99.

Cozzolino S., Aceto S., Caputo P., Gaudio L. & Nazzaro R. 1998: Phylogenetic relationships inOrchis and some related genera: an approach using chloroplast DNA. –  Nordic J. Bot. 18: 79–87. Google Scholar

100.

Cozzolino S., Aceto S., Caputo P., Widmer A. & Dafni A. 2001: Speciation processes in eastern MediterraneanOrchis s.l. species: molecular evidence and the role of pollination biology. —  Israel J. Pl. Sci. 49: 91–103. Google Scholar

101.

Cribb P. J. & Chase M. W. 2001: (1481) Proposal to conserve the nameDactylorhiza Necker ex Nevski overCoeloglossum Hartm. (Orchidaceae). —  Taxon 50: 581–582. Google Scholar

102.

Cristofolini G. & Conte L. 2002: Phylogenetic patterns and endemism genesis inCytisus Desf. (Leguminosae—Cytiseae) and related genera. —  Israel J. Pl. Sci. 50: 37–50. Google Scholar

103.

Cristofolini G. & Troia A. 2006: A reassessment of the sections of the genusCytisus Desf. (Cytiseae,Leguminosae). —  Taxon 55: 733–746. Google Scholar

104.

Crowl A. A., Mavrodiev E., Mansion G., Haberle R., Pistarino A., Kamari G., Phitos D., Borsch T. & Cellinese N. 2014: Phylogeny ofCampanuloideae (Campanulaceae) with emphasis on the utility of nuclear pentatricopeptide repeat (PPR) genes. —  PLoS One 9: e94199. Google Scholar

105.

Cubas P., Pardo C. & Tahiri H. 2002: Molecular approach to the phylogeny and systematics ofCytisus (Leguminosae) and related genera based on nucleotide sequences of nrDNA (ITS region) and cpDNA (trnL-trnF intergenic spacer). —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 233: 223–242. Google Scholar

106.

Cupido C. N., Prebble J. M. & Eddie W. M. M. 2013: Phylogeny of southern African and Australasian Wahlenbergioids (Campanulaceae) based on ITS andtrnL-F sequence data: implications for a reclassification. —  Syst. Bot. 38: 523–535. Google Scholar

107.

Dandy J. E. 1967: Index of generic names of vascular plants 1753–1774. — Utrecht: Bohn, Scheltema & Holkema. — Regnum Veg. 51. Google Scholar

108.

Dangi R., Tamhankar S., Choudhary R. K. & Rao S. 2015: Molecular phylogenetics and systematics ofTrigonella L. (Fabaceae) based on nuclear ribosomal ITS and chloroplasttrnL intron sequences. —Genet. Resources Crop Evol. 63: 79–96. Google Scholar

109.

Darwin C. 1859: On the origin of species by means of natural selection. — London: John Murray. Google Scholar

110.

Davis P. H. & Heywood V. H. 1973: Principles of angiosperm taxonomy. — Huntington: Robert E. Krieger. Google Scholar

111.

Degtjareva G. V., Kramina T. E., Sokoloff D. D., Samigullin T. H., Sandral G. & Valiejo-Roman C. M. 2008: New data on nrITS phylogeny ofLotus (Leguminosae,Loteae). — Wulfenia 15: 35–49. Google Scholar

112.

Degtjareva G. V., Kramina T. E., Sokoloff D. D., Samigullin T. H., Valiejo-Roman C. M. & Antonov A. S. 2006: Phylogeny of the genusLotus (Leguminosae,Loteae): evidence from nrITS sequences and morphology. —  Canad. J. Bot. 84: 813–830. Google Scholar

113.

Degtjareva G. V., Valiejo-Roman C. M., Samigullin T. H., Guara-Requena M. & Sokoloff D. D. 2012: Phylogenetics ofAnthyllis (Leguminosae: Papilionoideae: Loteae): partial incongruence between nuclear and plastid markers, a long branch problem and implications for morphological evolution. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 62: 693–707. Google Scholar

114.

Deng T., Zhang J.-W., Zhu X.-X., Zhang D.-G., Nie Z.-L. & Sun H. 2014:Youngia zhengyiana (Asteraceae, Crepidinae), a new species from south China, with notes on the systematics ofYoungia inferred from morphology and nrITS phylogeny. —  Phytotaxa 170: 259–268. Google Scholar

115.

Devos N., Raspé O., Jacquemart A.-L. & Tyteca D. 2006: On the monophyly ofDactylorhiza Necker ex Nevski (Orchidaceae): isCoeloglossum viride (L.) Hartman aDactylorhiza? —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 152: 261–269. Google Scholar

116.

Dillenberger M. S. & Kadereit J. W. 2014: Maximum polyphyly: multiple origins and delimitation with plesiomorphic characters require a new circumscription ofMinuartia (Caryophyllaceae). —  Taxon 63: 64–88. Google Scholar

117.

Dittrich M. 1993:Centaurea. — P 31 in: Jarvis C. E., Barrie F. R., Allan D. M. & Reveal J. L. (ed.), A list of Linnaean generic names and their types. — Königstein: Koeltz Scientific Books. — Regnum Veg. 127. Google Scholar

118.

Dobes C. & Paule J. 2010: A comprehensive chloroplast DNA-based phylogeny of the genusPotentilla (Rosaceae): implications for its geographic origin, phylogeography and generic circumscription. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 56: 156–175. Google Scholar

119.

Döring E., Schneider J., Hilu K. W. & Röser M. 2007: Phylogenetic relationships in theAveneae/Poeae complex (Pooideae, Poaceae). — Kew Bull. 62: 407–424. Google Scholar

120.

Douzery E. J. P., Pridgeon A. M., Kores P., Linder H. P., Kurzweil H. & Chase M. W. 1999: Molecular phylogenetics ofDiseae (Orchidaceae): a contribution from nuclear ribosomal ITS sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 86: 887–899. Google Scholar

121.

Downie S. R., Spalik K., Katz-Downie D. S. & Reduron J. P. 2010: Major clades withinApiaceae subfamilyApioideae as inferred by phylogenetic analysis of nrDNA ITS sequences. —  Pl. Diversity Evol. 128: 111–136. Google Scholar

122.

Dressler R. L. 1990: The orchids: natural history and classification. — Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Google Scholar

123.

Duan L., Wen J., Yang X., Liu P.-L., Arslan E., Ertuğrul K. & Chang Z.-Y. 2015: Phylogeny ofHedysarum and tribeHedysareae (Leguminosae: Papilionoideae) inferred from sequence data of ITS,matK, trnL-F andpsbA-trnH. —  Taxon 64: 49–64. Google Scholar

124.

Duffy K. J., Scopece G., Cozzolino S., Fay M. F., Smith R. J. & Stout J. C. 2009: Ecology and genetic diversity of the dense-flowered orchid,Neotinea maculata, at the centre and edge of its range. —  Ann. Bot. 104: 507–516. Google Scholar

125.

Ebihara A., Dubuisson J.-Y., Iwatsuki K., Hennequin S. & Ito M. 2006: A taxonomic revision ofHymenophyllaceae. —  Blumea 51: 221–280. Google Scholar

126.

Ebihara A., Iwatsuki K., Ito M., Hennequin S. & Dubuisson J.-Y. 2007: A global molecular phylogeny of the fern genusTrichomanes (Hymenophyllaceae) with special reference to stem anatomy. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 155: 1–27. Google Scholar

127.

Eddie W. M. M., Shulkina T., Gaskin J., Haberle R. C. & Jansen R. K. 2003: Phylogeny ofCampanulaceae s.str. inferred from ITS sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA. —  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 90: 554–575. Google Scholar

128.

Ehrendorfer F. & Barfuss M. J. H. 2014: Paraphyly and polyphyly in the worldwide tribeRubieae (Rubiaceae): challenges for generic delimitation. —  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 100: 79–88. Google Scholar

129.

Ehrendorfer F. & Guo Y. P. 2005: Changes in the circumscription of the genusAchillea (Compositae—Anthemideae) and its subdivision. —  Willdenowia 35: 49–54. Google Scholar

130.

Ehrendorfer F., Manen J.-F. & Natali A. 1994: cpDNA intergene sequences corroborate restriction site data for reconstructingRubiaceae phylogeny. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 190: 245–248. Google Scholar

131.

Ehrendorfer F. & Samuel R. 2001: Contributions to a molecular phylogeny and systematics ofAnemone and related genera (Ranunculaceae—Anemoninae). — Acta Phytotax. Sin. 39: 77–87. Google Scholar

132.

Emadzade K., Lehnebach C., Lockhart P. & Hörandl E. 2010: A molecular phylogeny, morphology and classification of genera ofRanunculeae (Ranunculaceae). — Taxon 59: 809–828. Google Scholar

133.

Englund M., Pornpongrungrueng P., Gustafsson M. H. G. & Anderberg A. A. 2009: Phylogenetic relationships and generic delimitation inInuleae subtribeInulinae (Asteraceae) based on ITS and cpDNA sequence data. —  Cladistics 25: 319–352. Google Scholar

134.

Enke N. & Gemeinholzer B. 2008: Babcock revisited: new insights into generic delimitation and character evolution inCrepis L. (Compositae: Cichorieae) from ITS andmatK sequence data. — Taxon 57: 756–768. Google Scholar

135.

Enke N., Gemeinholzer B. & Zidorn C. 2012: Molecular and phytochemical systematics of the subtribeHypochaeridinae (Asteraceae, Cichorieae). —  Organisms Diversity Evol. 12: 1–16. Google Scholar

136.

Eriksen B. 1993: Phylogeny of thePolygalaceae and its taxonomic implications. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 186: 33–55. Google Scholar

137.

Eriksson T., Lundberg M., Topel M., Ostensson P. & Smedmark J. E. E. 2015:Sibbaldia: a molecular phylogenetic study of a remarkably polyphyletic genus inRosaceae. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 301: 171–184. Google Scholar

138.

Escobar García P., Schönswetter P., Fuertes Aguilar J., Nieto Feliner G. & Schneeweiss G. M. 2009: Five molecular markers reveal extensive morphological homoplasy and reticulate evolution in theMalva alliance (Malvaceae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 50: 226–239. Google Scholar

139.

Fan D.-M., Chen J.-H., Meng Y., Wen J., Huang J.-L. & Yang Y.-P. 2013: Molecular phylogeny ofKoenigia L. (Polygonaceae: Persicarieae): implications for classification, character evolution and biogeography. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 69: 1093–1100. Google Scholar

140.

Fehrer J., Gemeinholzer B., Chrtek Jr J. & Bräutigam S. 2007: Incongruent plastid and nuclear DNA phylogenies reveal ancient intergeneric hybridization inPilosella hawkweeds (Hieracium, Cichorieae, Asteraceae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 42: 347–361. Google Scholar

141.

Fehrer J., Krak K. & Chrtek Jr J. 2009: Intra-individual polymorphism in diploid and apomictic polyploid hawkweeds (Hieracium, Lactuceae, Asteraceae): disentangling phylogenetic signal, reticulation, and noise. —  BMC Evol. Biol. 9: 239–261. Google Scholar

142.

Feng T., Moore M. J., Sun Y. X., Meng A. P., Chu H. J., Li J. Q. & Wang H. C. 2015: A new species ofArgentina (Rosaceae, Potentilleae) from southeast Tibet, with reference to the taxonomic status of the genus. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 301: 911–921. Google Scholar

143.

Fernández Prieto J. A., Arjona J. M., Sanna M., Pérez R. & Cires E. 2013: Phylogeny and systematics ofMicranthes (Saxifragaceae): an appraisal in European territories. —  J. Pl. Res. 126: 605–611. Google Scholar

144.

Fior S., Karis P. O., Casazza G., Minuto L. & Sala F. 2006: Molecular phylogeny of theCaryophyllaceae (Caryophyllales) inferred from chloroplastmatK and nuclear rDNA ITS sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 93: 399–411. Google Scholar

145.

Fischer E., Schäferhoff B. & Müller K. 2013: The phylogeny ofLinderniaceae — the new genusLinderniella, and new combinations withinBonnaya, Craterostigma, Lindernia, Micranthemum, Torenia andVandellia. —  Willdenowia 43: 209–238. Google Scholar

146.

Fischer M. A., Oswald K. & Adler W. (ed.) 2008: Exkursionflora für Österreich, Liechtenstein, Südtirol, ed. 3. — Linz: Land Oberösterreich, Biologiezentrum der Oberösterreichischen Landesmuseen. Google Scholar

147.

Fiz O., Valcárcel V. & Vargas P. 2002: Phylogenetic position of MediterraneanAstereae and character evolution of daisies (Beilis, Asteraceae) inferred from nrDNA ITS sequences. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 25: 157–171. Google Scholar

148.

Fiz-Palacios O. & Valcárcel V. 2011: Imbalanced diversification of two Mediterranean sister genera (Beilis andBellium, Asteraceae) within the same time frame. —  pl. Syst. Evol. 295: 109–118. Google Scholar

149.

Flatscher R., Escobar García P., Hülber K., Sonnleitner M., Winkler M., Saukel J., Schneeweiss G. M. & Schönswetter P. 2015: Underestimated diversity in one the world's best studied mountain ranges: The polyploid complex ofSenecio carniolicus (Asteraceae) contains four species in the European Alps. —  Phytotaxa 213: 1–21. Google Scholar

150.

Forest F., Chase M. W., Persson C., Crane P. R. Hawkins J. A. 2007: The role of biotic and abiotic factors in evolution of ant dispersal in the milkwort family (Polygalaceae). —  Evolution 61: 1675–1694. Google Scholar

151.

Francisco-Ortega J., Santos-Guerra A., Hines A. & Jansen R. K. 1997: Molecular evidence for a Mediterranean origin of the Macaronesian endemic genusArgyranthemum (Asteraceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 84: 1595–1613. Google Scholar

152.

Fuentes-Bazán S., Mansion G. & Borsch T. 2012a: Towards a species level tree of the globally diverse genusChenopodium (Chenopodiaceae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 62: 359–374. Google Scholar

153.

Fuentes-Bazán S., Uotila P. & Borsch T. 2012b: A novel phylogeny-based generic classification forChenopodium sensu lato, and a tribal rearrangement ofChenopodioideae (Chenopodiaceae). —  Willdenowia 42: 5–24. Google Scholar

154.

Galasso G., Banfi E., De Mattia F., Grassi F., Sgorbati S. & Labra M. 2009: Molecular phylogeny ofPolygonum L. s.l. (Polygonoideae, Polygonaceae), focusing on European taxa: preliminary results and systematic considerations based onrbcL plastidial sequence data. — Atti Soc. Ital. Sci. Nat. Mus. Civico Storia Nat. Milano. 150: 113–148. Google Scholar

155.

Galbany-Casals M., Andrés-Sánchez S., Garcia-Jacas N., Susanna A., Rico E. & Martínez-Ortega M. M. 2010: How many of Cassini anagrams should there be? Molecular systematics and phylogenetic relationships in the “Filago group” (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae), with special focus on the genusFilago. — Taxon 59: 1671–1689. Google Scholar

156.

Galbany-Casals M., Garcia-Jacas N., Susanna A., Sáez L. & Benedí C. 2004: Phylogenetic relationships in the MediterraneanHelichrysum (Asteraceae, Gnaphalieae) based on nuclear rDNA ITS sequence data. —  Austral. Syst. Bot. 17: 241–253. Google Scholar

157.

Galbany-Casals M., Unwin M., Garcia-Jacas N., Smissen R. D., Susanna A. & Bayer R. J. 2014: Phylogenetic relationships inHelichrysum (Compositae: Gnaphalieae) and related genera: incongruence between nuclear and plastid phyLogenies, biogeographic and morphological patterns, and implications for generic delimitation. —  Taxon 63: 608–624. Google Scholar

158.

Gamarra R., Ortúnez E., Galán Cela P. & Guadaño V. 2012:Anacamptis versusOrchis (Orchidaceae): seed micromorphology and its taxonomic significance. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 298: 597–607. Google Scholar

159.

Gao J. C., Peng Y., Yang M. & Xiao P. G. 2008: A preliminary pharmacophylogenetic study of tribeCimicifiigeae (Ranunculaceae). — J. Syst. Evol. 46: 516–536. Google Scholar

160.

Garcia S., Garnatje T., McArthur E. D., Pellicer J., Sanderson S. C. & Vallès J. 2011: Taxonomic and nomenclatural rearrangements inArtemisia subgen.Tridentatae, including a redefinition ofSphaeromeria (Asteraceae, Anthemideae). —  W. N. Amer. Naturalist 71: 158–163. Google Scholar

161.

Garcia-Jacas N., Susanna A., Garnatje T. & Vilatersana R. 2001: Generic delimitation and phylogeny of the subtribeCentaureinae (Asteraceae): a combined nuclear and chloroplast DNA analysis. —  Ann. Bot. 87: 503–515. Google Scholar

162.

Garnock-Jones P. J., Albach D. C. & Briggs B. G. 2007: Botanical names in southern hemisphereVeronica (Plantaginaceae): sect.Detzneria, sect.Hebe, and sect.Labiatoides. — Taxon 56: 571–58. Google Scholar

163.

Gehrke B., Bräuchler C., Romoleroux K., Lundberg M., Heubl G. & Eriksson T. 2008: Molecular phylogenetics ofAlchemilla, Aphanes andLachemilla (Rosaceae) inferred from plastid and nuclear intron and spacer DNA sequences, with comments on generic classification. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 47: 1030–1044. Google Scholar

164.

Ghimire B., Jeong M. J., Choi G. E., Lee H., Suh G. U., Heo K. & Ku J. J. 2015: Seed morphology of the subfamilyHelleboroideae (Ranunculaceae) and its systematic implication. —  Flora 216: 6–25. Google Scholar

165.

Gillespie E. L. & Kron K. A. 2013: Molecular phylogenetic relationships and morphological evolution within the tribePhyllodoceae (Ericoideae, Ericaceae). —  Syst. Bot. 38: 752–763. Google Scholar

166.

GlobalCarex Group 2015: MakingCarex monophyletic: a new broader circumscription. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 179: 1–42. Google Scholar

167.

Goetsch L., Eckert A. J. & Hall B. D. 2005: The molecular systematics ofRhododendron (Ericaceae): a phylogeny based upon RPB2 gene sequences. —  Syst. Bot. 30: 616–626. Google Scholar

168.

Gontcharova S. B., Artyukova E. V. & Gontcharov A. A. 2006: Phylogenetic relationships among members of the subfamilySedoideae (Crassulaceae) inferred from the ITS region sequences of nuclear rDNA. —  Russ. J. Genet. 42: 654–661. Google Scholar

169.

Gottschlich G. & Greuter W. 2007:Schlagintweitia Griseb. — P 182 in: Greuter W. & Raab-Straube E. von (ed.),  Euro+Med Notulae, 3. — Willdenowia 37: 139–189. Google Scholar

170.

Greenberg A. K. & Donoghue M. J. 2011: Molecular systematics and character evolution inCaryophyllaceae. — Taxon 60: 1637–1652. Google Scholar

171.

Greuter W. 2003: The Euro+Med treatment ofAstereae (Compositae) — generic concepts and required new names. —  Willdenowia 33: 45–47. Google Scholar

172.

Greuter W., Gutermann W. & Talavera S. 2006: A preliminary conspectus ofScorzoneroides (Compositae,Cichorieae) with validation of the required new names. —  Willdenowia 36: 689–692. Google Scholar

173.

Greuter W., Oberprieler C. & Vogt R. 2003: The Euro+Med treatment ofAnthemideae (Compositae) — generic concepts and required new names. —  Willdenowia 33: 37–43. Google Scholar

174.

Greuter W. & Raab-Straube E. von (ed.) 2008: Med-Checklist. A critical inventory of vascular plants of the circum-mediterranean countries 2. — Palermo, Genève & Berlin: OPTIMA. Google Scholar

175.

Greuter W., Wagenitz G., Aghababian M. & Hellwig F. H. 2001: (1509) Proposal to conserve the nameCentaurea (Compositae) with a conserved type. —  Taxon 50: 1201–1205. Google Scholar

176.

Guo Y.-L., Pais A., Weakley A. S. & Xiang Q.-Y. 2013: Molecular phylogenetic analysis suggests paraphyly and early diversification ofPhiladelphus (Hydrangeaceae) in western North America: new insights into affinity withCarpenteria. —  J. Syst. Evol. 51: 545–563. Google Scholar

177.

Guo Y. P., Ehrendorfer F. & Samuel R. 2004: Phylogeny and systematics ofAchillea (Asteraceae-Anthemideae) inferred from nrDNA and plastidtrnL-F DNA sequences. —  Taxon 53: 657–672. Google Scholar

178.

Haberle R. C., Dang A., Lee T., Penaflor C., Cortes-Burns H., Oestreich A., Raubeson L., Cellinese N., Edwards E. J., Kim S.-T., Eddie W. M. M. & Jansen R. K. 2009: Taxonomic and biogeographic implications of a phylogenetic analysis of theCampanulaceae based on three chloroplast genes. — Taxon 58: 715–734. Google Scholar

179.

Hand R. & Buttler K. P. 2009: Beiträge zur Fortschreibung der Florenliste Deutschlands (Pteridophyta, Spermatophyta) — Dritte Folge. — Kochia 4: 179–184. Google Scholar

180.

Hand R. & Buttler K. P. 2012: Beiträge zur Fortschreibung der Florenliste Deutschlands (Pteridophyta, Spermatophyta) — Fünfte Folge. — Kochia 6: 159–162. Google Scholar

181.

Hand R. & Buttler K. P. 2014: Beiträge zur Fortschreibung der Florenliste Deutschlands (Pteridophyta, Spermatophyta) — Siebte Folge. — Kochia 8: 71–89. Google Scholar

182.

Haraldson K. 1978: Anatomy and taxonomy inPolygonaceae subfam.Polygonoideae Meisn. emend. Jaretzky. — Symb. Bot. Upsal. 22: 1–95. Google Scholar

183.

Harbaugh D. T., Nepokroeff M., Rabeler R. K., Mc-Neill J., Zimmer E. A. & Wagner W. L. 2010: A new lineage-based tribal classification of the familyCaryophyllaceae. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 171: 185–198. Google Scholar

184.

Hardway T. M., Spalik K., Watson M. F., Katz-Downie D. S. & Downie S. R. 2004: Circumscription ofApiaceae tribeOenantheae. —  S. African J. Bot. 70: 393–406. Google Scholar

185.

Hauenschild F., Favre A., Salazar G. A. & Muellner-Riehl A. N. 2016: Analysis of the cosmopolitan buckthorn generaFrangula andRhamnus s.l. supports the description of a new genus,Ventia. —  Taxon 65: 65–78. Google Scholar

186.

Haynes R. R., Les D. H. & Král M. 1998: Two new combinations inStuckenia, the correct name forColeogeton (Potamogetonaceae). —  Novou 8: 241. Google Scholar

187.

He L.-J. & Zhang X.-C. 2012: Exploring generic delimitation within the fern familyThelypteridaceae. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 65: 757–764. Google Scholar

188.

Hedrén M., Klein E. & Teppner H. 2000: Evolution of polyploids in the European orchid genusNigritella: evidence from allozyme data. — Phyton (Horn) 40: 239–275. Google Scholar

189.

Hejný S. & Slavik B. (ed.) 1990: Květena České Republiky 2. — Praha: Academia. Google Scholar

190.

Heywood V. H. 1975:Leucanthemopsis (Giroux) Heywood — a new genus of the Compositae—Anthemideae. — Anales Inst. Bot. Cavanilles 32: 175–187. Google Scholar

191.

Heywood V. H. & Richardson I. B. K. 1972:Labiatae. — Pp. 126–192 in: Tutin T. G., Heywood V. H., Burges N. A., Moore D. M., Valentine D. H., Walters S. M. & Webb D. A. (ed.), Flora europaea 3. — Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Google Scholar

192.

Hidalgo O., Garnatje T., Susanna A. & Mathez J. L. 2004: Phylogeny ofValerianaceae based onmatK and ITS markers, with reference tomatK individual polymorphism. —  Ann. Bot. 93: 283–293. Google Scholar

193.

Hilger H. H., Greuter W. & Stier V. 2015: Taxa and names inCynoglossum sensu lato (Boraginaceae, Cynoglosseae): an annotated, synonymic inventory, with links to the protologues and mention of original material. —  Biodivers. Data J. 3: e4831. Google Scholar

194.

Hilger H. H., Selvi F., Papini A. & Bigazzi M. 2004: Molecular systematics ofBoraginaceae tribeBoragineae based on ITS1 andtrnL sequences, with special reference toAnchusa s.l. —  Ann. Bot. 94: 201–212. Google Scholar

195.

Hilpold A., Garcia-Jacas N., Vilatersana R. & Susanna A. 2014: Taxonomical and nomenclatural notes onCentaurea: a proposal of classification, a description of new sections and subsections, and a species list of the redefined sectionCentaurea. —  Collect. Bot. (Barcelona) 33: e001. Google Scholar

196.

Himmelreich S., Breitwieser I. & Oberprieler C. 2012: Phylogeny, biogeography, and evolution of sex expression in the southern hemisphere genusLeptinella (Compositae, Anthemideae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 65: 464–481. Google Scholar

197.

Hohmann N., Schmickl R., Chiang T. Y., Lucanova M., Kolar F., Marhold K. & Koch M. A. 2014: Taming the wild: resolving gene pools of non-modelArabidopsis lineages. —  BMC Evol. Biol. 14: e224. Google Scholar

198.

Holub J. 1970:Lamiastrum versusGaleobdolon and comments on problems of unitary designations in Fabricius's work “Enumeratio methodica plantarum horti medici helmstadiensis”. —  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 5: 61–88. Google Scholar

199.

Holub J. 1976:Filago, Ifloga, Logfia, Evax, Bombycilaena, Micropus, Evacidium, Omalotheca andGnaphalium. — Pp. 121–128 in: Tutin T. G., Heywood V. H., Burges N. A., Moore D. M., Valentine D. H., Walters S. M. & Webb D. A. (ed.), Flora europaea 4. — Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Google Scholar

200.

Holub J. 1997:Stuckenia Börner 1912: the correct name forColeogeton (Potamogetonaceae). — Preslia 69: 361–366. Google Scholar

201.

Holub J. & Pouzar Z. 1967: A nomenclatural analysis of the generic names of phanerogams proposed by F. M. Opiz in his Seznam Rostlin Květeny České. —  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 2: 397–428. Google Scholar

202.

Hoot S. B., Kramer J. & Arroyo M. T. K. 2008: Phylogenetic position of the South American dioecious genusHamadryas and relatedRanunculeae (Ranunculaceae). —  Int. J. Pl Sci. 169: 433–443. Google Scholar

203.

Hoot S. B., Meyer K. M. & Manning J. C. 2012: Phylogeny and reclassification ofAnemone (Ranunculaceae), with an emphasis on austral species. —  Syst. Bot. 37: 139–152. Google Scholar

204.

Hoot S. B., Reznicek A. A. & Palmer J. D. 1994: Phylogenetic relationships inAnemone (Ranunculaceae) based on morphology and chloroplast DNA. —  Syst. Bot. 19: 169–200. Google Scholar

205.

Horn J. W., van Ee B. W., Morawetz J. J., Riina R., Steinmann V. W., Berry P. E. & Wurdack K. J. 2012: Phylogenetics and the evolution of major structural characters in the giant genusEuphorbia L. (Euphorbiaceae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 63: 305–326. Google Scholar

206.

Huber H. 1998:Dioscoreaceae. — Pp. 216–235 in: Kubitzki K. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 3. —  Berlin: Springer. Google Scholar

207.

Huguet V., Gouy M., Normand P., Zimpfer J. F. & Fernandez M. P. 2005: Molecular phylogeny ofMyricaceae: a reexamination of host-symbiont specificity. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 34: 557–568. Google Scholar

208.

Humphreys A. M. & Linder P. 2009: Concept versus data in delimitation of plant genera. — Taxon 58: 1054–1074. Google Scholar

209.

Imamura R., Santos-Guerra A. & Kondo K. 2015: A molecular phylogenetic relationship of certain species ofArgyranthemum found in the Canary Islands of Spain on the basis of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS). —  Chromosome Bot. 10: 75–83. Google Scholar

210.

Inda L. A., Pimentel M. & Chase M. W. 2010a: Contribution of mitochondrialcoxl intron sequences to the phylogenetics of tribeOrchideae (Orchidaceae): do the distribution and sequence of this intron in orchids also tell us something about its evolution? — Taxon 59: 1053–1064. Google Scholar

211.

Inda L. A., Pimentel M. & Chase M. W. 2010b: Chalcone synthase variation and phylogenetic relationships inDactylorhiza (Orchidaceae). —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 163 : 155–165. Google Scholar

212.

Inda L. A., Pimentel M. & Chase M. W. 2012: Phylogenetics of tribeOrchideae (Orchidaceae:Orchidoideae) based on combined DNA matrices: inferences regarding timing of diversification and evolution of pollination syndromes. —  Ann. Bot. 110: 71–90. Google Scholar

213.

Inda L. A., Segarra-Moragues J. G., Müller J., Peterson P. M. & Catalán P. 2008: Dated historical biogeography of the temperateLoliinae (Poaceae, Pooideae) grasses in the northern and southern hemispheres. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 46 : 932–957. Google Scholar

214.

Jabbour F. & Renner S. S. 2011a:Consolida andAconitella are an annual clade ofDelphinium (Ranunculaceae) that diversified in the Mediterranean basin and the Irano-Turanian region. — Taxon 60 : 1029–1040. Google Scholar

215.

Jabbour F. & Renner S. S. 2011b: Resurrection of the genusStaphisagria J. Hill, sister to all the otherDelphinieae (Ranunculaceae). —  PhytoKeys 7 : 21–26. Google Scholar

216.

Jabbour F. & Renner S. S. 2012: A phylogeny ofDelphinieae (Ranunculaceae) shows thatAconitum is nested withinDelphinium and that Late Miocene transitions to long life cycles in the Himalayas and Southwest China coincide with bursts in diversification. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 62: 928–942. Google Scholar

217.

Jacquemyn H., Merckx V., Brys R., Tyteca D., Cammue B. P. A., Honnay O. & Lievens B. 2011: Analysis of network architecture reveals phylogenetic constraints on mycorrhizal specificity in the genusOrchis (Orchidaceae). —  New Phytol. 192: 518–528. Google Scholar

218.

Jäger E. J. (ed.) 2005: Rothmaler - Exkursionsflora von Deutschland, Gefäßpflanzen: Grundband, ed. 19. — München: Spektrum Akademischer Verlag. Google Scholar

219.

Jäger E. J. (ed.) 2011: Rothmaler - Exkursionsflora von Deutschland, Gefäßpflanzen: Grundband, ed. 20. — Heidelberg: Spektrum Akademischer Verlag. Google Scholar

220.

Jäger E. J. 2012: Kommentare zur Neubearbeitung der Exkurionsflora von Deutschland. 8. Neue Systemvorschläge, Grenzen und Reihenfolge von Gattungen und Arten, neu aufgenommene Arten. — Schlechtendalia 24: 1–10. Google Scholar

221.

Jäger E. J. & Werner K. (ed.) 2005: Rothmaler - Exkursionsflora von Deutschland, Gefäßpflanzen: Kritischer Band, ed. 10. — München: Spektrum Akademischer Verlag. Google Scholar

222.

Johnston, I. M. 1923: Studies in theBoraginaceae: 1. Restoration of the genusHackelia. — Contr. Gray Herb. 68: 43–48. Google Scholar

223.

Jordon-Thaden I., Hase I., Al-Shehbaz I. A. & Koch M. A. 2010: Molecular phylogeny and systematics of the genusDraba (Brassicaceae) and identification of its most closely related genera. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 55: 524–540. Google Scholar

224.

Jung J. & Choi H.-K. 2010: Systematic rearrangement of KoreanScirpus L. s.l. (Cyperaceae) as inferred from nuclear ITS and chloroplastrbcL sequences. —  J. Pl. Biol. 53: 222–232. Google Scholar

225.

Kadereit G. & Freitag H. 2011: Molecular phylogeny ofCamphorosmeae (Camphorosmoideae, Chenopodiaceae): Implications for biogeography, evolution of C4-photosynthesis and taxonomy. — Taxon 60: 51–78. Google Scholar

226.

Kadereit G., Lauterbach M., Pirie M. D., Arafeh R. & Freitag H. 2014: When do different C4 leaf anatomies indicate independent C4 origins? — Parallel evolution of C4 leaf types inCamphorosmeae (Chenopodiaceae). —  J. Exp. Bot. 65: 3499–3511. Google Scholar

227.

Kadereit G., Mavrodiev E. V., Zacharias E. H. & Sukhorukov A. P. 2010: Molecular phylogeny ofAtripliceae (Chenopodioideae, Chenopodiaceae): implications for systematics, biogeography, flower and fruit evolution, and the origin of C4 photosynthesis. —  Amer. J. Bot. 97: 1664–1687. Google Scholar

228.

Kadereit J. W. & Baldwin B. G. 2011: Systematics, phylogeny, and evolution ofPapaver californicum andStylomecon heterophylla (Papaveraceae). —  Madroño 58: 92–100. Google Scholar

229.

Kadereit J. W. & Jeffrey C. (ed.) 2007: The families and genera of vascular plants 8. — Heidelberg: Springer. Google Scholar

230.

Kadereit J. W., Preston C. D. & Valtueña F. J. 2011: Is Welsh poppy,Meconopsis cambrica (L.) Vig. (Papaveraceae), truly aMeconopsis? —  New J. Bot. 1: 80–88. Google Scholar

231.

Kadereit J. W., Schwarzbach A. E. & Jork K. B. 1997: The phylogeny ofPapaver s.l. (Papaveraceae): polyphyly or monophyly? —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 204: 75–98. Google Scholar

232.

Kaplan Z. 2008: A taxonomic revision ofStuckenia (Potamogetonaceae) in Asia, with notes on the diversity and variation of the genus on a worldwide scale. —  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 43: 159–234. Google Scholar

233.

Karl R. & Koch M. A. 2014: Phylogenetic signatures of adaptation: theArabis hirsuta species aggregate (Brassicaceae) revisited. —  Perspect. Pl. Ecol. Evol. Syst. 16: 247–264. Google Scholar

234.

Käss E. & Wink M. 1995: Molecular phylogeny of thePapilionoideae (familyLeguminosae):rbcL gene-sequences versus chemical taxonomy. —  Bot. Acta 108: 149–162. Google Scholar

235.

Käss E. & Wink M. 1997: Phylogenetic relationships in thePapilionoideae (familyLeguminosae) based on nucleotide sequences of cpDNA (rbcL) and ncDNA (ITS 1 and 2). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 8: 65–88. Google Scholar

236.

Kästner A. & Ehrendorfer F. [in press]: Gustav Hegi, Illustrierte Flora von Mitteleuropa VI/2B 1., ed. 2. — Jena: Weissdorn-Verlag. Google Scholar

237.

Kato Y., Aioi K., Omori Y., Takahata N. & Satta Y. 2003: Phylogenetic analyses ofZostera species based onrbcL andmatK nucleotide sequences: Implications for the origin and diversification of seagrasses in Japanese waters. —  Genes Genet. Systems 78: 329–342. Google Scholar

238.

Katsiotis A., Nikoloudakis N., Linos A., Drossou A. & Constantinidis T. 2009: Phylogenetic relationships inOriganum spp. based on rDNA sequences and intragenetic variation of GreekO. vulgare subsp.hirtum revealed by RAPD. —  Sci. Hort. 121: 103–108. Google Scholar

239.

Kellogg E. A. 2015: Flowering plants, monocots:Poaceae. — Pp. 1–416 in: Kubitzki K. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 13. —  Cham: Springer. Google Scholar

240.

Kiefer M., Schmickl R., German D. A., Lysak M., AlShehbaz I. A., Franzke A., Mummenhoff K., Stamatakis A. & Koch M. A. 2014: BrassiBase: introduction to a novel database onBrassicaceae evolution. —  Pl. Cell Physiol. 55: e3. Google Scholar

241.

Kilian N. & Gemeinholzer B. 2007: Studies in theCompositae of the Arabian Peninsula and Socotra. 7.Erythroseris, a new genus and the previously unknown sister group ofCichorium (Cichorieae subtribeCichoriinae). —  Willdenowia 37: 283–296. Google Scholar

242.

Kilian N., Gemeinholzer B. & Lack H. W. 2009: TribeCichorieae. — Pp. 343–383 in: Funk V. A., Susanna A., Stuessy T. & Bayer R. (ed.), Systematics, evolution, and biogeography of theCompositae. — Vienna: International Association for Plant Taxonomy. Google Scholar

243.

Kim H. M., Oh S. H., Bhandari G. S., Kim C. S. & Park C. W. 2014: DNA barcoding ofOrchidaceae in Korea. —  Molec. Ecol. Resources 14: 499–507. Google Scholar

244.

Kim S.-C., Lee C. & Mejias J. A. 2007: Phylogenetic analysis of chloroplast DNAmatK gene and ITS of nrDNA sequences reveals polyphyly of the genusSonchus and new relationships among the subtribeSonchinae (Asteraceae: Cichorieae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 44: 578–597. Google Scholar

245.

Kim S.-T. & Donoghue M. J. 2008: Molecular phylogeny ofPersicaria (Persicarieae, Polygonaceae). —  Syst. Bot. 33: 77–86. Google Scholar

246.

Kim Y.-D., Kim S.-H. & Landrum L. R. 2004: Taxonomic and phytogeographic implications from ITS phylogeny inBerberis (Berberidaceae). —  J. Pl. Res. 117: 175–182. Google Scholar

247.

Klein E. 1989: Die infragenerischen Hybriden der GattungOrchis sowie deren intergenerische Hybriden mit den GattungenAnacamptis, Aceras undSerapias. — Ber. Arbeitskreis. Heimische Orchid. 6: 12–24. Google Scholar

248.

Klein E. 2004: Das intersektionale und intergenerische Hybridisierungsgeschehen in der GattungOrchis (Orchidaceae—Orchidinae) und seine Relevanz für die systematische Gliederung dieser Gattung. — J. Eur. Orch. 36: 637–659. Google Scholar

249.

Koch M. A. & Bernhardt K.-G. 2004: Comparative biogeography of the cytotypes of annualMicrothlaspi perfoliatum (Brassicaceae) in Europe using isozymes and cpDNA data: refugia, diversity centers, and postglacial colonization. —  Amer. J. Bot. 91: 115–124. Google Scholar

250.

Koch M. A., Bishop J. & Mitchell-Olds T. 1999: Molecular systematics and evolution ofArabidopsis andArabis. —  Pl. Biol. (Stuttgart) 1: 529–537. Google Scholar

251.

Koch M. A., Dobes C., Kiefer C., Schmickl R., Klimes L. & Lysak M. A. 2007: SuperNetwork identifies multiple events of plastidtrnF (GAA) pseudogene evolution in theBrassicaceae. —  Molec. Biol. Evol. 24: 63–73. Google Scholar

252.

Koch M. A. & German D. 2013: Taxonomy and systematics are key to biological information:Arabidopsis, Eutrema (Thellungiella),Noccaea andSchrenkiella (Brassicaceae) as examples. —  Frontiers Pl. Sci. 4: e267. Google Scholar

253.

Koch M. A., Haubold B. & Mitchell-Olds T. 2000: Comparative evolutionary analysis of chalcone synthase and alcohol dehydrogenase loci inArabidopsis, Arabis and related genera. —  Molec. Biol. Evol. 17: 1483–1498. Google Scholar

254.

Koch M. A., Haubold B. & Mitchell-Olds T. 2001: Molecular systematics of theCruciferae: evidence from coding plastomematK and nuclear CHS sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 88: 534–544. Google Scholar

255.

Koch M. A., Kiefer A., German D. A., Al-Shehbaz I. A., Franzke A., Mummenhoff K. & Schmickl R. 2012: BrassiBase: tools and biological resources to study characters and traits in theBrassicaceae — version 1.1. — Taxon 61: 1001–1009. Google Scholar

256.

Koch M. A. & Matschinger M. 2007: Evolution and genetic differentiation among relatives ofArabidopsis thaliana. —  Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. U.S.A. 104: 6272–6277. Google Scholar

257.

Koch M. A. & Mummenhoff K. 2001:Thlaspi s.str. (Brassicaceae) versusThlaspi s.l.: morphological and anatomical characters in the light of molecular data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 227: 209–225. Google Scholar

258.

Konowalik K., Wagner F., Tomasello S., Vogt R. & Oberprieler C. 2015: Detecting reticulate relationships among diploidLeucanthemum Mill. (Compositae, Anthemideae) taxa using multilocus species tree reconstruction methods and AFLP fingerprinting. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 92: 308–328. Google Scholar

259.

Koopman W. J. M., Guetta E., Van de Wiel C. C. M., Vosman B. & Van den Berg R. G. 1998: Phylogenetic relationships amongLactuca (Asteraceae) species and related genera based on ITS-1 DNA sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 85: 1517–1530. Google Scholar

260.

Krak K., Caklová P., Chrtek Jr J. & Fehrer J. 2013: Reconstruction of phylogenetic relationships in a highly reticulate group with deep coalescence and recent speciation (Hieracium, Asteraceae). —  Heredity 110: 138–151. Google Scholar

261.

Krawczyk K., Korniak T. & Sawicki J. 2013: Taxonomic status ofGaleobdolon luteum Huds. (Lamiaceae) from classical taxonomy and phylogenetics perspectives. —  Acta Biol. Cracov., Ser. Bot. 55: 18–28. Google Scholar

262.

Kretzschmar H., Eccarius W. & Dietrich H. 2007: Die OrchideengattungenAnacamptis, Orchis, Neotinea — Phylogenie, Taxonomie, Morphologie, Biologie, Verbreitung, Ökologie und Hybridisation. — Bürgel: EchinoMedia Verlag. Google Scholar

263.

Kron K. A. & Judd W. S. 1990: Phylogenetic relationships within theRhodoreae (Ericaceae) with specific comments on the placement ofLedum. —  Syst. Bot. 15: 57–68. Google Scholar

264.

Kropf M., Kadereit J. W. & Comes H. P. 2003: Differential cycles of range contractions and expansion in European high mountain plants during the Late Quaternary: insights fromPritzelago alpina (L.) O. Kuntze (Brassicaceae). —  Molec. Ecol. 12: 931–949. Google Scholar

265.

Lack A. J. 1995: Relationships and hybridization between British species ofPolygala — evidence from isozymes. —  New Phytol. 130: 217–223. Google Scholar

266.

Lack H. W. 1975: Die GattungPicris L., sensu lato, im ostmediterran-westasiatischen Raum. — PhD Thesis, Universität Wien 116. Google Scholar

267.

Lakušić D., Kuzmanović N., Alegro A., Frajman B. & Schönswetter P. 2013: Molecular phylogeny of the genusSesleria (Poaceae) based on AFLP and plastid DNA. — P. 128 in: Domina G., Greuter W. & Raimondo F. M. (ed.), XIV OPTIMA Meeting, Abstracts, Lectures, Communications, Posters, Orto Botanico, Palermo 9–15 September 2013. — Palermo: Orto Botanico ed Herbarium Mediterraneum, Università degli Studi di Palermo. — Published at  http://www.optimabot.org/meetings/XIVAbstracts.pdf [accessed 29 Jul 2015]. Google Scholar

268.

Lamb Frye A. S. & Kron K. A. 2003:rbcL phylogeny and character evolution inPolygonaceae. — Syst. Bot. 28: 326–332. Google Scholar

269.

Lammers T. G. 2007: World checklist and bibliography ofCampanulaceae. — Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Google Scholar

270.

Lammers T. G. 2011: Revision of the infrageneric classification ofLobelia L. (Campanulaceae:Lobelioideae). —  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 98: 37–62. Google Scholar

271.

Lassen P. 1989: A new delimitation of the generaCoronilla, Hippocrepis, andSecurigera (Fabaceae). — Willdenowia 19: 49–62. Google Scholar

272.

Lazarević M., Kuzmanović N., Lakušić D., Alegro A., Schönswetter P. & Frajman B. 2015: Patterns of cytotype distribution and genome size variation in the genusSesleria Scop. (Poaceae). —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 179: 126–143. Google Scholar

273.

Lee H.-W. & Park C.-W. 2004: New taxa ofCimicifuga (Ranunculaceae) from Korea and the United States. — Novou 14: 180–184. Google Scholar

274.

Lehnebach C. A., Cano A., Monsalve C., McLenachan P., Hörandl E. & Lockhart P. 2007: Phylogenetic relationships of the monotypic Peruvian genusLaccopetalum (Ranunculaceae). —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 264: 109–116. Google Scholar

275.

Les D. H., Cleland M. A. & Waycott M. 1997: Phylogenetic studies inAlismatidae, II: evolution of marine angiosperms (seagrasses). —  Syst. Bot. 22: 443–463. Google Scholar

276.

Les D. H. & Haynes R. R. 1996:Coleogeton (Potamogetonaceae), a new genus of pondweeds. —  Novon 6: 389–391. Google Scholar

277.

Les D. H., Moody M. L., Jacobs S. W. L. & Bayer R. J. 2002: Systematics of seagrasses (Zosteraceae) in Australia and New Zealand. — Syst. Bot. 27: 468–484. Google Scholar

278.

Les D. H., Moody M. L. & Soros C. 2006: A reappraisal of phylogenetic relationships in the monocotyledon familyHydrocharitaceae (Alismatidae). — Aliso 22: 211–230 Google Scholar

279.

Levin R. A. 2000: Phylogenetic relationships withinNyctaginaceae tribeNyctagineae: evidence from nuclear and chloroplast genomes. —  Syst. Bot. 25: 738–750. Google Scholar

280.

Levin R. A., Wagner W. L., Hoch P. C., Hahn W. J., Rodriguez A., Baum D. A., Katinas L., Zimmer E. A. & Sytsma K. J. 2004: Paraphyly in tribeOnagreae: insights into phylogenetic relationships ofOnagraceae based on nuclear and chloroplast sequence data. —  Syst. Bot. 29: 147–164. Google Scholar

281.

Levin R. A., Wagner W. L., Hoch P. C., Nepokroeff M., Pires J. C., Zimmer E. A. & Sytsma K. J. 2003: Family-level relationships ofOnagraceae based on chloroplastrbcL andndhF data. —  Amer. J. Bot. 90: 107–115. Google Scholar

282.

Li J., Alexander J. H. & Zhang D. 2002: ParaphyleticSyringa (Oleaceae): evidence from sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA ITS and ETS regions. — Syst. Bot. 27: 592–597. Google Scholar

283.

Li J., Jiang J.-H., Fu C.-X. & Tang S.-Q. 2014: Molecular systematics and biogeography ofWisteria inferred from nucleotide sequences of nuclear and plastid genes. —  J. Syst. Evol. 52: 40–50. Google Scholar

284.

Li Q.-Y., Guo W., Liao W.-B., Macklin J. A. & Li J.-H. 2012a: Generic limits ofPyrinae: insights from nuclear ribosomal DNA sequences. — Bot. Stud. (Taipei) 53: 151–164. Google Scholar

285.

Li W. P., Yang F. S., Jivkova T. & Yin G. S. 2012b: Phylogenetic relationships and generic delimitation of EurasianAster (Asteraceae:Astereae) inferred from ITS, ETS andtrnL-F sequence data. —  Ann. Bot. 109: 1341–1357. Google Scholar

286.

Lidén M., Popp M. & Oxelman B. 2001: A revised generic classification of the tribeSileneae (Caryophyllaceae). —  Nordic J. Bot. 20: 513–518. Google Scholar

287.

Lin Y.-X. & Viane R. 2013:Aspleniaceae. — Pp. 267–316 in: Wu Z.-Y., Raven P. H. & Hong D.-Y. (ed.), Flora of China 2–3. — Beijing: Science Press and St. Louis: Missouri Botanical Garden Press. Google Scholar

288.

Lindqvist C., De Laet J., Haynes R. R., Aagesen L., Keener B. R. & Albert V. A. 2006: Molecular phylogenetics of an aquatic plant lineage,Potamogetonaceae. —  Cladistics 22: 568–588. Google Scholar

289.

Linnaeus C. 1753a: Species plantarum 1. — Holmiae: Impensis Laurentii Salvii. Google Scholar

290.

Linnaeus C. 1753b: Species plantarum 2. — Holmiae: Impensis Laurentii Salvii. Google Scholar

291.

Liu Y.-C., Liu Y.-N., Yang F.-S. & Wang X.-Q. 2014: Molecular phylogeny of AsianMeconopsis based on nuclear ribosomal and chloroplast DNA sequence data. —  PLoS One 9: e104823. Google Scholar

292.

Lledó M. D., Davis A. P., Crespo M. B., Chase M. W. & Fay M. F. 2004: Phylogenetic analysis ofLeucojum andGalanthus (Amaryllidaceae) based on plastidmatK and nuclear ribosomal spacer (ITS) DNA sequences and morphology. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 246: 223–243. Google Scholar

293.

Lo E. Y. Y. & Donoghue M. J. 2012: Expanded phylogenetic and dating analyses of the apples and their relatives (Pyreae, Rosaceae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 63: 230–243. Google Scholar

294.

Lo Presti R. M., Oppolzer S. & Oberprieler C. 2010: A molecular phylogeny and a revised classification of the Mediterranean genusAnthemis s.l. (Compositae,Anthemideae) based on three molecular markers and micromorphological characters. — Taxon 59: 1441–1456. Google Scholar

295.

Luebert F., Brokamp G., Wen J., Weigend M. & Hilger H. H. 2011: Phylogenetic relationships and morphological diversity in NeotropicalHeliotropium (Heliotropiaceae). — Taxon 60: 663–680. Google Scholar

296.

Lye K. A. 2003:Schoenoplectiella Lye, gen. nov. (Cyperaceae). — Lidia 6: 20–29. Google Scholar

297.

Lyskov D., Degtjareva G., Samigullin T. & Pimenov M. 2015: Systematic placement of the Turkish endemic genusEkimia (Apiaceae) based on morphological and molecular data. —  Turk. J. Bot. 39: 673–680. Google Scholar

298.

Mabberley D. J. 2002:Potentilla andFragaria (Rosaceae) reunited. —  Telopea 9: 793–802. Google Scholar

299.

Mabberley D. J. 2008: Mabberley's Plant Book. A portable dictionary of plants, their classification and uses, ed. 3. — Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Google Scholar

300.

Manen J.-F., Habashi C., Jeanmonod D., Park J.-M. & Schneeweiss G. M. 2004: Phylogeny and intraspecific variability of holoparasiticOrobanche (Orobanchaceae) inferred from plastidrbcL sequences. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 33: 482–500. Google Scholar

301.

Manen J.-F., Natali A. & Ehrendorfer F. 1994: Phylogeny ofRubiaceae—Rubieae inferred from the sequence of a cpDNA intergene region. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 190: 195–211. Google Scholar

302.

Manns U. & Anderberg A. A. 2009: New combinations and names inLysimachia (Myrsinaceae) for species ofAnagallis, Pelletiera andTrientalis. —  Willdenowia 39: 1–6. Google Scholar

303.

Mansion G., Parolly G., Crowl A. A., Mavrodiev E., Cellinese N., Oganesian M., Fraunhofer K., Kamari G., Phitos D., Haberle R., Akaydin G., Ikinci N., Raus T. & Borsch T. 2012: How to handle speciose clades? Mass taxon-sampling as a strategy towards illuminating the natural history ofCampanula (Campanuloideae). —  PLoS One 7: e50076. Google Scholar

304.

Martín-Bravo S., Meimberg H., Luceño M., Märkl W., Valcárcel V., Bräuchler C., Vargas P. & Heubl G. 2007: Molecular systematics and biogeography ofResedaceae based on ITS andtrnL-F sequences. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 44: 1105–1120. Google Scholar

305.

Mast A. R., Kelso S., Richards A. J., Lang D. J., Feller D. M. S. & Conti E. 2001: Phylogenetic relationships inPrimula L. and related genera (Primulaceae) based on noncoding chloroplast DNA. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 162: 1381–1400. Google Scholar

306.

Masuda Y.,Yukawa T. & Kondo K. 2009: Molecular phylogenetic analysis of members ofChrysanthemum and its related genera in the tribeAnthemideae, theAsteraceae, in East Asia on the basis of the internal transcribed spacer (ITS) region and the external transcribed spacer (ETS) region of nrDNA. —  Chromosome Bot. 4: 25–26. Google Scholar

307.

Mavrodiev E. V, Edwards C.E., Albach D. E., Gitzendanner M. A., Soltis P. S. & Soltis D. E. 2004: Phylogenetic relationships in subtribeScorzonerinae (Asteraceae:Cichorioideae:Cichorieae) based on ITS sequence data. —  Taxon 53: 699–712. Google Scholar

308.

Mayuzumi S. & Ohba H. 2004: The phylogenetic position of Eastern AsianSedoideae (Crassulaceae) inferred from chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequences. —  Syst. Bot. 29: 587–598. Google Scholar

309.

McDill J., Repplinger M., Simpson B. B. & Kadereit J. W. 2009: The phylogeny ofLinum andLinaceae subfamilyLinoideae, with implications for their systematics, biogeography, and evolution of heterostyly. —  Syst. Bot. 34: 386–405. Google Scholar

310.

McMahon M. & Hufford L. 2004: Phylogeny ofAmorpheae (Fabaceae:Papilionoideae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 91:1219–1230. Google Scholar

311.

McMahon M. & Hufford L. 2005: Evolution and development in the amorphoid clade (Amorpheae:Papilionoideae: Leguminosae): petal loss and dedifferentiation. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 166: 383–396. Google Scholar

312.

McNeill J. 1962: Taxonomic studies in theAlsinoideae: I. Generic and infra-generic groups. — Notes Roy. Bot. Gard. Edinburgh 24: 79–155. Google Scholar

313.

Meisner C. F. (ed.) 1856:Polygonaceae. — Paris: V. Masson. Google Scholar

314.

Mejías J. A. & Kim S.-C. 2012: Taxonomic treatment ofCichorieae (Asteraceae) endemic to the Juan Fernandez and Desventuradas Islands (SE Pacific). —  Ann. Bot. Fenn. 49: 171–178. Google Scholar

315.

Mennema J. 1989: A Taxonomic Revision ofLamium (Lamiaceae). — Leiden: E. J. Brill. Google Scholar

316.

Meyer F. K. 1973: Conspectus der“Thlaspi”-Arten Europas, Afrikas und Vorderasiens. —  Feddes Repert. 84: 449–470. Google Scholar

317.

Meyer F. K. 1979: Kritische Revision der “Thlaspi”-Arten Europas, Afrikas und Vorderasiens. I. Geschichte, Morphologie und Chorologie. —  Feddes Repert. 90: 129–154. Google Scholar

318.

Miao B., Turner B. L., Mabry T. J. 1995: Systematic implications of chloroplast DNA variation in the subtribeAmbrosiinae (Asteraceae:Heliantheae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 82: 924–932. Google Scholar

319.

Mlinarec J., Šatović Z., Mihelj D., Malenica N. & Besendorfer V. 2012: Cytogenetic and phylogenetic studies of diploid and polyploid members of tribeAnemoninae (Ranunculaceae). —  Pl. Biol. (Stuttgart) 14: 525–536. Google Scholar

320.

Montieri S., Gaudio L. & Aceto S. 2004: Isolation of theLFY/FLO homologue inOrchis italica and evolutionary analysis in some European orchids. —  Gene 333: 101–109. Google Scholar

321.

Moore T. E., Verboom G. A. & Forest F. 2010: Phylogenetics and biogeography of the parasitic genusThesium L. (Santalaceae), with an emphasis on the Cape of South Africa. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 162: 435–452. Google Scholar

322.

Morgan D. R., Soltis D. E. & Robertson K. R. 1994: Systematic and evolutionary implications ofrbcL sequence variation inRosaceae. —  Amer. J. Bot. 81: 890–903. Google Scholar

323.

Morris J. A. 2007: A molecular phylogeny of theLythraceae and inference of the evolution of heterostyly. — PhD Thesis, Kent State University. Google Scholar

324.

Mort M. E., Randle C. P., Kimball R. T., Mesfin Tadesse & Crawford D. J. 2008: Phylogeny ofCoreopsideae (Asteraceae) inferred from nuclear and plastid DNA sequences. — Taxon 57: 109–120. Google Scholar

325.

Mort M. E., Soltis D. E., Soltis P. S., Francisco-Ortega J. & Santos-Guerra A. 2001: Phylogenetic relationships and evolution ofCrassulaceae inferred frommatK sequence data. —  Amer. J. Bot. 88: 76–91. Google Scholar

326.

Mosyakin S. L., Rilke S. & Freitag H. 2014: (2323) Proposal to conserve the nameSalsola (Chenopodiaceae s.str.;Amaranthaceae sensu APG) with a conserved type. —  Taxon 63: 1134–1135. Google Scholar

327.

Muasya A. M., Simpson D. A., Chase M. W. & Culham A. 2001: A phylogeny ofIsolepis (Cyperaceae) inferred using plastidrbcL andtrnL-F sequence data. — Syst. Bot. 26: 342–353. Google Scholar

328.

Mummenhoff K., Brüggemann H. & Bowman J. L. 2001: Chloroplast DNA phylogeny and biogeography ofLepidium (Brassicaceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 88: 2051–2063. Google Scholar

329.

Mummenhoff K., Franzke A. & Koch M. 1997a: Molecular data reveal convergence in fruit characters, traditionally used in the classification ofThlaspi s.l. (Brassicaceae) — Evidence from ITS-DNA sequences. — Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 125: 183–199. Google Scholar

330.

Mummenhoff K., Franzke A. & Koch M. 1997b: Molecular phylogenetics ofThlaspi s.l. (Brassicaceae) based on chloroplast DNA restriction site variation and sequences of the internal transcribed spacer of nuclear ribosomal DNA. —  Canad. J. Bot. 75: 469–482. Google Scholar

331.

Mummenhoff K., Polster A., Mühlhausen A. & Theißen G. 2008:Lepidium as a model system for studying the evolution of fruit development inBrassicaceae. —  J. Exp. Bot. 60: 1503–1513. Google Scholar

332.

Murakami N. 1995: Systematics and evolutionary biology of the fern genusHymenasplenium (Aspleniaceae). —  J. Pl. Res. 108: 257–268. Google Scholar

333.

Nanni L., Ferradini N., Taffetani F. & Papa R. 2004: Molecular phylogeny ofAnthyllis spp. —  Pl. Biol. (Stuttgart) 6: 454–464. Google Scholar

334.

Natali A., Manen J.-F. & Ehrendorfer F. 1995: Phylogeny of theRubiaceae-Rubioideae, in particular the tribeRubieae: evidence from a non-coding chloroplast DNA sequence. —  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 82: 428–439. Google Scholar

335.

Natali A., Manen J.-F., Kiehn M. & Ehrendorfer F. 1996: Tribal, generic and specific relationships in theRubioideae—Rubieae (Rubiaceae) based on sequence data of a cpDNA intergene region. — Pp. 193–203 in: Robbrecht E., Puff C. & Smets E. (ed.), Second InternationalRubiaceae Conference: proceedings. — Meise: National Botanic Garden of Belgium. — Opera Bot. Belg. 7. Google Scholar

336.

Nelson-Jones E. B., Briggs D. & Smith A. G. 2002: The origin of intermediate species of the genusSorbus. —  Theor. Appl. Genet. 105: 953–963. Google Scholar

337.

Nesom G. & Robinson H. 2007: XV. TribeAstereae Cass. — Pp. 284–342 in: Kadereit J. W. & Jeffrey C. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 8. — Heidelberg: Springer. Google Scholar

338.

Notov A. A. & Kusnetzova T. V. 2004: Architectural units, axiality and their taxonomic implications inAlchemillinae. — Wulfenia 11: 85–130. Google Scholar

339.

Noyes R. D. 2000: Biogeographical and evolutionary insights onErigeron and allies (Asteraceae) from ITS sequence data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 220: 93–114. Google Scholar

340.

Oberprieler C. 2001: Phylogenetic relationships inAnthemis L. (Compositae,Anthemideae) based on nrDNA ITS sequence variation. —  Taxon 50: 745–762. Google Scholar

341.

Oberprieler C. 2002: A phylogenetic analysis ofChamaemelum Mill. (Compositae: Anthemideae) and related genera based upon nrDNA ITS and cpDNAtrnL/trnF IGS sequence variation. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 138: 255–273. Google Scholar

342.

Oberprieler C. 2004a: On the taxonomic status and the phylogenetic relationships of some unispecific Mediterranean genera ofCompositae-Anthemideae I.Brocchia, Endopappus andHeliocauta. —  Willdenowia 34: 39–57. Google Scholar

343.

Oberprieler C. 2004b: On the taxonomic status and the phylogenetic relationships of some unispecific Mediterranean genera ofCompositae-Anthemideae II.Daveaua, Leucocyclus andNananthea. —  Willdenowia 34: 341–350. Google Scholar

344.

Oberprieler C. 2005: Temporal and spatial diversification of Circum-MediterraneanCompositae-Anthemideae. —  Taxon 54: 951–966. Google Scholar

345.

Oberprieler C., Himmelreich S., Källersjö M., Vallès J., Watson L. E. & Vogt R. 2009: TribeAnthemideae Cass. — Pp. 631–666 in: Funk V. A., Susanna A., Stuessy T. F. & Bayer R. J. (ed.), Systematics, evolution, and biogeography of theCompositae. — Vienna: International Association for Plant Taxonomy. Google Scholar

346.

Oberprieler C., Himmelreich S. & Vogt R. 2007a: A new subtribal classification of the tribeAnthemideae (Compositae). —  Willdenowia 37: 89–114. Google Scholar

347.

Oberprieler C. & Vogt R. 2006: The taxonomic position ofMatricaria macrotis (Compositae-Anthemideae). —  Willdenowia 36: 329–338. Google Scholar

348.

Oberprieler C., Vogt R. & Watson L. E. 2007b: XVI. TribeAnthemideae Cass. — Pp. 342–374 in: Kadereit J. W. & Jeffrey C. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 8. — Heidelberg: Springer. Google Scholar

349.

Otero A., Jiménez-Mejía P., Valcárcel V. & Vargas P. 2014: Molecular phylogenetics and morphology support two new genera(Memoremea andNihon) ofBoraginaceae s.s. —  Phytotaxa 173: 241–277. Google Scholar

350.

Owen W. M., D'Amato G., de Dominicis R. I., Salimbeni P. & Tucci G. F. 2006: A cytological and molecular study of the generaScorzonera L. andPodospermum (L.) DC.(Asteraceae). —  Caryologia 59: 153–163. Google Scholar

351.

Oxelman B. & Lidén M. 1995: Generic boundaries in the tribeSileneae (Caryophyllaceae) as inferred from nuclear rDNA sequences. —  Taxon 44: 525–542. Google Scholar

352.

Pak J.-H. & Bremer K. 1995: Phylogeny and reclassification of the genusLapsana (Asteraceae: Lactuceae). —  Taxon 44: 13–21. Google Scholar

353.

Panero J. L. 2007:Compositae: tribeHeliantheae. — Pp. 440–447 in: Kadereit J. W. & Jeffrey C. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 8. — Heidelberg: Springer. Google Scholar

354.

Pardo C., Cubas P. & Tahiri H. 2004: Molecular phylogeny and systematics ofGenista (Leguminosae) and related genera based on nucleotide sequences of nrDNA (ITS region) and cpDNA(trnL-trnF intergenic spacer). —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 244: 93–119. Google Scholar

355.

Park J.-M., Kovačić S., Liber Z., Eddie W. M. M. & Schneeweiss G. M. 2006: Phylogeny and biogeography of isophyllous species ofCampanula (Campanulaceae) in the Mediterranean area. —  Syst. Bot. 31: 862–880. Google Scholar

356.

Park J.-M., Manen J.-F., Colwell A. & Schneeweiss G. M. 2008: A plastid gene phylogeny of the non-photosynthetic parasiticOrobanche (Orobanchaceae) and related genera. —  J. Pl. Res. 121: 365–376. Google Scholar

357.

Park J.-M., Manen J.-F. & Schneeweiss G. M. 2007: Horizontal gene transfer of a plastid gene in the non-photosynthetic flowering plantsOrobanche andPhelipanche (Orobanchaceae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 43: 974—985. Google Scholar

358.

Park S. J., Korompai E. J., Francisco-Ortega J., Santos-Guerra A. & Jansen R. K. 2001: Phylogenetic relationships ofTolpis (Asteraceae: Lactuceae) based onndhF sequence data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 226: 23–33. Google Scholar

359.

Pastore J. F. B. 2012:Caamembeca: generic status and new name forPolygala subgenusLigustrina (Polygalaceae). —  Kew Bull. 67: 435–442. Google Scholar

360.

Paulus H. F. 2012: Neues zur Klassifikation europäischer Orchideen — oder: wie beliebig ist Systematik? — Ber. Arbeitskreis. Heimische Orchid. 29, Beiheft 8: 68–93. Google Scholar

361.

Pellicer J., Garcia M. Á., Garnatje T., Korobkov A. A., Twibell J. D. & Vallès J. 2010: Genome size dynamics inArtemisia L. (Asteraceae): following the track of polyploidy. —  Pl. Biol. (Stuttgart) 12: 820–830. Google Scholar

362.

Pellicer J., Vallès J., Korobkov A. A. & Garnatje T. 2011: Phylogenetic relationships ofArtemisia subg.Dracunculus (Asteraceae) based on ribosomal and chloroplast DNA sequences. — Taxon 60: 691–704. Google Scholar

363.

Pelser P. B., Gravendeel B. & van der Meijden R. 2002: Tackling speciose genera: species composition and phylogenetic position ofSenecio sect.Jacobaea (Asteraceae) based on plastid and nrDNA sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 89: 929–939. Google Scholar

364.

Pelser P. B., Kennedy A. H., Tepe E. J., Shidler J. B., Nordenstam B., Kadereit J. W. & Watson L. E. 2010: Patterns and causes of incongruence between plastid and nuclearSenecioneae (Asteraceae) phylogenies. —  Amer. J. Bot. 97: 856–873. Google Scholar

365.

Pelser P. B., Nordenstam B., Kadereit J. W. & Watson L. E. 2007: An ITS phylogeny of tribeSenecioneae (Asteraceae) and a new delimitation ofSenecio L. —  Taxon 56: 1077–1104. Google Scholar

366.

Pelser P. B., Veldkamp J.-F. & van der Meijden R. 2006: New combinations inJacobaea Mill. (Asteraceae-Senecioneae). — Compositae Newslett. 44: 1–11. Google Scholar

367.

Pennell F. W. 1935:Scrophulariaceae of eastern temperate North America. — Monogr. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philadelphia. 1: 320–378. Google Scholar

368.

Persson C. 2001: Phylogenetic relationships inPolygalaceae based on plastid DNA sequences from thetrnL-F region. —  Taxon 50: 763–779. Google Scholar

369.

Peruzzi L., Tison J.-M., Peterson A. & Peterson J. 2008: On the phylogenetic position and taxonomic value ofGagea trinervia (Viv.) Greuter andGagea sect.Anthericoides A. Terrace.(Liliaceae). — Taxon 57: 1201–1214. Google Scholar

370.

Peterson A., John H., Koch E. & Peterson J. 2004: A molecular phylogeny of the genusGagea (Liliaceae) in Germany inferred from non-coding chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequences. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 245: 145–162. Google Scholar

371.

Peterson A., Levichev I. G. & Peterson J. 2008: Systematics ofGagea andLloydia (Liliaceae) and infrageneric classification ofGagea based on molecular and morphological data. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 46: 446–465. Google Scholar

372.

Pfosser M., Stuessy T. F., Sun B.-Y., Jang C. G., Guo Y.-P., Taejin K., Hwan K. C., Kato H. & Sugawara T. 2011: Phylogeny ofHepatica (Ranunculaceae) and origin ofHepatica maxima Nakai endemic to Ullung Island, Korea. — Stapfia 95: 16–27. Google Scholar

373.

Pillon Y., Fay M. F., Hedrén M., Bateman R. M., Devey D. S., Shipunov A. B., van der Bank M. & Chase M. W. 2007: Evolution and temporal diversification of western European polyploid species complexes inDactylorhiza (Orchidaceae). —  Taxon 56: 1185–1208. Google Scholar

374.

Pillon Y., Fay M. F., Shipunov A. B. & Chase M. W. 2006: Species diversity versus phylogenetic diversity: a practical study in the taxonomically difficult genusDactylorhiza (Orchidaceae). —  Biol. Conservation 129: 4–13. Google Scholar

375.

Pimentel M., Sahuquillo E., Torrecilla Z., Popp M., Catalán P. & Brochmann C. 2013: Hybridization and long-distance colonization at different time scales: towards resolution of long-term controversies in the sweet vernal grasses(Anthoxanthum). —  Ann. Bot. 112: 1015–1030. Google Scholar

376.

Plaza L., Fernández I., Juan R., Pastor J. & Pujadas A. 2004: Micromorphological studies on seeds ofOrobanche species from the Iberian Peninsula and the Balearic Islands, and their systematic significance. —  Ann. Bot. 94: 167–178. Google Scholar

377.

Polhill R. M. 1981:Loteae, Coronilleae. — Pp. 371–375 in: Polhill R. M. & Raven P. H. (ed.), Advances in legume systematics 1. — Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Google Scholar

378.

Potter D., Eriksson T., Evans R. C., Oh S., Smedmark J. E. E., Morgan D. R., Kerr M., Robertson K. R., Arsenault M., Dickinson T. A. & Campbell C. S. 2007: Phylogeny and classification ofRosaceae. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 266: 5–43. Google Scholar

379.

Potter D., Gao F., Bortiri P. E., Oh S. H. & Baggett S. 2002: Phylogenetic relationships inRosaceae inferred from chloroplastmatK andtrnL-trnF nucleotide sequence data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 231: 77–89. Google Scholar

380.

Powell E. A. & Kron K. A. 2002: Hawaiian blueberries and their relatives. — A phylogenetic analysis ofVaccinium sectionsMacropelma, Myrtillus, andHemimyrtillus (Ericaceae). — Syst. Bot. 27: 768–779. Google Scholar

381.

Prebble J. M., Meudt H. M. & Garnock-Jones P. J. 2012: An expanded molecular phylogeny of the southern bluebells (Wahlenbergia,Campanulaceae) from Australia and New Zealand. —  Austral. Syst. Bot. 25: 11–30. Google Scholar

382.

Preston C. D. 2005: Pondweeds of Great Britain and Ireland. BSBI handbook no. 8. — London: Botanical Society of the British Isles. Google Scholar

383.

Pridgeon A. M., Bateman R. M., Cox A. V., Hapeman J. R. & Chase M. W. 1997: Phylogenetics of subtribeOrchidinae (Orchidoideae, Orchidaceae) based on nuclear ITS sequences. 1. Intergeneric relationships and polyphyly ofOrchis sensu lato. — Lindleyana 12: 89–109. Google Scholar

384.

Pridgeon A. M., Cribb P. J., Chase M. W. & Rasmussen F. N. (ed.) 2001: Genera orchidacearum 2,Orchidoideae (part one). — Oxford: Oxford University Press. Google Scholar

385.

Pridgeon A. M., Cribb P. J., Chase M. W. & Rasmussen F. N. (ed.) 2005: Genera orchidacearum 4,Epidendroideae (part one). — Oxford: Oxford University Press. Google Scholar

386.

Quintanar A., Castroviejo S. & Catalán P. 2007: Phylogeny of the tribeAveneae (Pooideae, Poaceae) inferred from plastidtrnT-F and nuclear ITS sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 94: 1554–1569. Google Scholar

387.

Rauschert S. 1974: Zur Frage der Validisierung prälinnä-anischer Gattungsnamen. —  Taxon 23: 666–672. Google Scholar

388.

Ray M. F. 1995: Systematics ofLavatera andMalva (Malvaceae, Malveae) — a new perspective. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 198: 29–53. Google Scholar

389.

Resetnik I., Satovic Z., Schneeweiss G. M. & Liber Z. 2013: Phylogenetic relationships inBrassicaceae tribeAlysseae inferred from ribosomal and chloroplast DNA sequence data. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 69: 772–786. Google Scholar

390.

Roalson E. H., Columbus J. T. & Friar E. A. 2001: Phylogenetic relationships inCariceae (Cyperaceae) based on ITS (nrDNA) andtrnT-L-F (cpDNA) region sequences: assessment of subgeneric and sectional relationships inCarex with emphasis on sectionAcrocystis. — Syst. Bot. 26: 318–341. Google Scholar

391.

Romero Zarco C. 2011:Helictochloa Romero Zarco (Poaceae), a new genus of oat grass. —  Candollea 66: 87–103. Google Scholar

392.

Ronse A. C., Popper Z. A., Preston J. C. & Watson M. F. 2010: Taxonomic revision of EuropeanApium L. S.l.:Helosciadium W. D. J. Koch restored. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 287: 1–17. Google Scholar

393.

Roquet C., Sáez L., Aldasoro J. J., Susanna A., Alarcón M. L. & Garcia-Jacas N. 2008: Natural delineation, molecular phylogeny and floral evolution inCampanula. —  Syst. Bot. 33: 203–217. Google Scholar

394.

Roquet C., Sanmartín I., Garcia-Jacas N., Sáez L., Susanna A., Wikström N. & Aldasoro J. J. 2009: Reconstructing the history ofCampanulaceae with a Bayesian approach to molecular dating and dispersal-vicariance analyses. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 52: 575–587. Google Scholar

395.

Salmaki Y., Zarre S., Ryding O., Lindqvist C., Bräuchler C., Heubl G., Barber J. & Bendiksby M. 2013: Molecular phylogeny of tribeStachydeae (Lamiaceae subfamilyLamioideae). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 69: 535–551. Google Scholar

396.

Samuel R., Gutermann W., Stuessy T. F., Ruas C. F., Lack H.-W., Tremetsberger K., Talavera S., Hermanowski B. & Ehrendorfer F. 2006: Molecular phylogenetics revealsLeontodon (Asteraceae, Cichorieae) to be diphyletic. —  Amer. J. Bot. 93: 1193–1205. Google Scholar

397.

Samuel R., Stuessy T. F., Tremetsberger K., Baeza C. M. & Siljak Yakovlev S. 2003: Phylogenetic relationships among species ofHypochaeris (Asteraceae,Cichorieae) based on ITS, plastidtrnL intron,trnL-F spacer, andmatK sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 90: 496–507. Google Scholar

398.

Sanchez A. & Kron K. A. 2008: Phylogenetics ofPolygonaceae with an emphasis on the evolution ofEriogonoideae. —  Syst. Bot. 33: 87–96. Google Scholar

399.

Sanchez A., Schuster T. M., Burke J. M. & Kron K. A. 2011: Taxonomy ofPolygonoideae (Polygonaceae): a new tribal classification. — Taxon 60: 151–160. Google Scholar

400.

Sanchez A., Schuster T. & Kron K. A. 2009: A largescale phylogeny ofPolygonaceae based on molecular data. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 170: 1044–1055. Google Scholar

401.

Sanderson M. J. & Wojciechowski M. F. 1996: Diversification rates in a temperate legume clade: are there “so many species” ofAstragalus (Fabaceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 83: 1488–1502. Google Scholar

402.

Sauz M., Vilatersana R., Hidalgo O., Garcia-Jacas N., Susanna A., Schneeweiss G.M. & Vallès J. 2008: Molecular phylogeny and evolution of floral characters ofArtemisia and allies (Anthemideae, Asteraceae): evidence from nrDNA ETS and ITS sequences. — Taxon 57: 66–78. Google Scholar

403.

Schaefer H., Hechenleitner P., Santos-Guerra A., de Sequeira M. M., Pennington R. T., Kenicer G. & Carine M. A. 2012: Systematics, biogeography, and character evolution of the legume tribeFabeae with special focus on the middle-Atlantic island lineages. —  BMC Evol. Biol. 12: 250. Google Scholar

404.

Schmidt-Lebuhn A. N. 2012: Fallacies and false premises — a critical assessment of the arguments for the recognition of paraphyletic taxa in botany. —  Cladistics 28: 174–187. Google Scholar

405.

Schneeweiss G. M., Colwell A., Park J.-M., Jang C.-G. & Stuessy T. F. 2004: Phylogeny of holoparasiticOrobanche (Orobanchaceae) inferred from nuclear ITS sequences. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 30: 465–478. Google Scholar

406.

Schneider H. 1996: Root anatomy ofAspleniaceae and the implications for systematics of the fern family. — Fern Gaz. 12: 160–168. Google Scholar

407.

Schneider H., Russell S. J., Cox C. J., Bakker F., Henderson S., Rumsey F., Barrett J., Gibby M. & Vogel J. C. 2004: Chloroplast phylogeny of asplenioid ferns based onrbcL andtrnL-F spacer sequences (Polypodiidae,Aspleniaceae) and its implications for biogeography. —  Syst. Bot. 29: 260–274. Google Scholar

408.

Schneider J., Döring E., Hilu K. W. & Röser M. 2009: Phylogenetic structure of the grass subfamilyPooideae based on comparison of plastidmatK gene-3'trnK exon and nuclear ITS sequences. — Taxon 58: 404–424. Google Scholar

409.

Schouten Y. & Veldkamp J. F. 1985: A revision ofAnthoxanthum includingHierochloë (Gramineae) in Malesia and Thailand. — Blumea 30: 319–351. Google Scholar

410.

Schuettpelz E. & Hoot S. B. 2004: Phylogeny and biogeography ofCaltha (Ranunculaceae) based on chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 91: 247–253. Google Scholar

411.

Schuettpelz E., Hoot S. B., Samuel R. & Ehrendorfer F. 2002: Multiple origins of southern hemisphereAnemone (Ranunculaceae) based on plastid and nuclear sequence data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 231: 143—151. Google Scholar

412.

Schuster T. M., Reveal J. L., Bayly M. J. & Kron K. A. 2015: An updated molecular phylogeny ofPolygonoideae (Polygonaceae): relationships ofOxygonum, Pteroxygonum, andRumex, and a new circumscription ofKoenigia. —  Taxon 64: 1188–1208. Google Scholar

413.

Schuster T. M., Reveal J. L. & Kron K. A. 2011a: Phylogeny ofPolygoneae (Polygonaceae: Polygonoideae). — Taxon 60: 1653–1666. Google Scholar

414.

Schuster T. M., Wilson K. L. & Kron K. A. 2011b: Phylogenetic relationships ofMuehlenbeckia, Fallopia, andReynoutria (Polygonaceae) investigated with chloroplast and nuclear sequence data. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 172: 1053–1066. Google Scholar

415.

Schwarzbach A. E. & Kadereit J. W. 1995: Rapid radiation of North American desert genera of thePapaveraceae: evidence from restriction site mapping of PCR-amplified chloroplast DNA fragments. — Pp. 159–170 in: Jensen U. & Kadereit J. W. (ed.), Systematics and evolution of theRanunculiflorae. — Wien: Springer. — Pl. Syst. Evol. Suppl. 9. Google Scholar

416.

Scopece G., Cozzolino S. & Bateman R. M. 2010: Just what is a genus? Comparing levels of postzygotic isolation to test alternative taxonomic hypotheses inOrchidaceae subtribeOrchidinae. — Taxon 59: 1754–1764. Google Scholar

417.

Scopece G., Musacchio A., Widmer A. & Cozzolino S. 2007: Patterns of reproductive isolation in Mediterranean deceptive orchids. —  Evolution 61: 2623–2642. Google Scholar

418.

Sennikov A. N. 2011:Chamerion orChamaenerion (Onagraceae)? The old story in new words. — Taxon 60: 1485–1488. Google Scholar

419.

Sennikov A. N. 2014: (2329) Proposal to conserve the nameSorbus (Rosaceae) with a conserved type. —  Taxon 63: 1139–1140. Google Scholar

420.

Seybold S. (ed.) 2009: Schmeil Fitschen — Flora von Deutschland und angrenzender Länder, ed. 94. — Wiebelsheim: Quelle & Meyer. Google Scholar

421.

Seybold S. (ed.) 2011: Schmeil Fitschen — Die Flora Deutschlands und der angrenzenden Länder, ed. 95. — Wiebelsheim: Quelle & Meyer. Google Scholar

422.

Shiels D. R., Hurlbut D. L., Lichtenwald S. K. & Monfils A. K. 2014: Monophyly and phylogeny ofSchoenoplectus andSchoenoplectiella (Cyperaceae): evidence from chloroplast and nuclear DNA sequences. — Syst. Bot. 39: 132–144. Google Scholar

423.

Small E., Lassen P. & Brookes B. S. 1987: An expanded circumscription ofMedicago (Leguminosae, Trifolieae) based on explosive flower tripping. — Willdenowia 16: 415–437. Google Scholar

424.

Smissen R. D., Galbany-Casals M. & Breitwieser I. 2011: Ancient allopolyploidy in the everlasting daisies (Asteraceae: Gnaphalieae): complex relationships among extant clades. — Taxon 60: 649–662. Google Scholar

425.

Smith A. R., Pryer K. M., Schuettpelz E., Korall P., Schneider H. & Wolf P. G. 2006: A classification for extant ferns. —  Taxon 55: 705–731. Google Scholar

426.

Smykal P., Kenicer G., Flavell A. J., Corander J., Kosterin O., Redden R. J., Ford R., Coyne C. J., Maxted N., Ambrose M. J. & Ellis N. T. H. 2011: Phylogeny, phylogeography and genetic diversity of thePisum genus. —  Pl. Genet. Resources Charact. Utiliz. 9: 4–18. Google Scholar

427.

Soják J. 1969:Aconitella Spach, eine vergessene Gattung der FamilieRanunculaceae. —  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 4: 447–449. Google Scholar

428.

Soják J. 2010:Argentina Hill, a genus distinct fromPotentilla (Rosaceae). — Thaiszia 20: 91–97. Google Scholar

429.

Sokoloff D. D. 2003: On limits of the generaCoronilla andHippocrepis (Leguminosae, Loteae). — Bot. Zhurn. (Moscow & Leningrad) 88: 108–113. Google Scholar

430.

Sokoloff D. D., Degtjareva G. V., Endress P. K., Remizowa M. V., Samigullin T. H. & Valiejo-Roman C. M. 2007: Inflorescence and early flower development inLoteae (Leguminosae) in a phylogenetic and taxonomic context. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 168: 801–833. Google Scholar

431.

Soltis D. E. 2007:Saxifragaceae. — Pp. 418–435 in: Kubitzki K. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 9. —  Berlin: Springer. Google Scholar

432.

Soltis D. E., Morgan D. R., Grable A., Soltis P. S. & Kuzoff R. 1993: Molecular systematics ofSaxifragaceae sensu stricto. —  Amer. J. Bot. 80: 1056–1081. Google Scholar

433.

Sonboli A. & Oberprieler C. 2012: Insights into the phylogenetic and taxonomic position ofTanacetum semenovii Herder (Compositae, Anthemideae) based on nrDNA ITS sequence data. —  Biochem. Syst. Ecol. 45: 166—170. Google Scholar

434.

Sonboli A., Osaloo S. K., Vallès J. & Oberprieler C. 2011: Systematic status and phylogenetic relationships of the enigmaticTanacetum paradoxum Bornm. (Asteraceae,Anthemideae): evidences from nrDNA ITS, micromorphological, and cytological data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 292: 85–93. Google Scholar

435.

Sonboli A., Stroka K., Osaloo S. K. & Oberprieler C. 2012: Molecular phylogeny and taxonomy ofTanacetum L. (Compositae, Anthemideae) inferred from nrDNA ITS and cpDNAtrnH-psbA sequence variation. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 298: 431–444. Google Scholar

436.

Soreng R. J., Peterson P. M., Romaschenko K., Davidse G., Zuloaga F. O., Judziewicz E. J., Filgueiras T. S., Davis J. I. & Morrone O. 2015: A worldwide phylogenetic classification of thePoaceae (Gramineae). —  J. Syst. Evol. 53: 117–137. Google Scholar

437.

Soza V. L. & Olmstead R. G. 2010a: Molecular systematics of the tribeRubieae (Rubiaceae): evolution of major clades, development of leaf-like whorls, and biogeography. – Taxon 59: 755–771. Google Scholar

438.

Soza V. L. & Olmstead R. G. 2010b: Evolution of breeding systems and fruits in New WorldGalium and relatives (Rubiaceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 97: 1630–1646. Google Scholar

439.

Spalik K., Banasiak Ł., Feist M. A. E. & Downie S. R. 2014: Recurrent short-distance dispersal explains wide distributions of hydrophytic umbellifers(Apiaceae tribeOenantheae). —  J. Biogeogr. 41: 1559–1571. Google Scholar

440.

Spalik K., Downie S. R. & Watson M. F. 2009: Generic delimitations within theSium alliance (Apiaceae tribeOenantheae) inferred from cpDNArps16-5'trnK(UUU) and nrDNA ITS sequences. — Taxon 58: 735–748. Google Scholar

441.

Spalik K., Piwczyński M., Danderson C. A., Kurzyna-Młynik R., Bone T. S. & Downie S. R. 2010: Amphitropic amphiantarctic disjunctions inApiaceae subfamilyApioideae. —  J. Biogeogr. 37: 1977–1994. Google Scholar

442.

Spalik K., Reduron J. P. & Downie S. R. 2004: The phylogenetic position ofPeucedanum sensu lato and allied genera and their placement in tribeSelineae (Apiaceae, subfamilyApioideae). —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 243: 189–210. Google Scholar

443.

Spooner D. M., Anderson G. J. & Jansen R. K. 1993: Chloroplast DNA evidence for the interrelationships of tomatoes, potatoes, and pepinos (Solanaceae). —  Amer. J. Bot. 80: 676–688. Google Scholar

444.

Stace C. A. 2010: Classification by molecules: what's in it for field botanists? — Watsonia 28: 103–122. Google Scholar

445.

Steele K. P., Ickert-Bond S. M., Zarre S. & Wojciechowski M. F. 2010: Phylogeny and character evolution inMedicago (Leguminosae): evidence from analyses of plastidtrnK/matK and nuclearGA3oxl sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 97: 1142–1155. Google Scholar

446.

Steele K. P. & Wojciechowski M. F. 2003: Phylogenetic systematics of tribesTrifolieae andVicieae (Fabaceae). — Pp. 355–370 in: Klitgaard B. & Bruneau A. (ed.), Advances in legume systematics 10. — Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Google Scholar

447.

Stefanović S., Krueger L. & Olmstead R. G. 2002: Monophyly of theConvolvulaceae and circumscription of their major lineages based on DNA sequences of multiple chloroplast loci. —  Amer. J. Bot. 89: 1510–1522. Google Scholar

448.

Steffen S. 2013: Evolution von Miniaturisierung in arktisch-alpinen Lebensräumen inPetasites Mill.,Endocellion Turcz. ex Herder,Homogyne Cass, undTussilago L. (Asteraceae) sowieSoldanella L.(Primulaceae). — PhD Thesis, Johannes GutenbergUniversity Mainz. Google Scholar

449.

Stevens P. F. 2001+ [continuously updated] : Angiosperm Phylogeny Website, version 12. — Published at  http://www.mobot.org/MOBOT/research/APweb/ [accessed 27 Oct 2015], Google Scholar

450.

Straub S. C. K. & Doyle J. J. 2014: Molecular phylogenetics ofAmorpha (Fabaceae): an evaluation of monophyly, species relationships, and polyploid origins. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 76: 49–66. Google Scholar

451.

Struwe L., Kadereit J. W., Klackenberg J., Nilsson S., Thiv M., von Hagen K. B. & Albert V. A. 2002: Systematics, character evolution, and biogeography ofGentianaceae, including a new tribal and subtribal classification. — Pp. 21–309 in: Struwe L. & Albert V. A. (ed.),Gentianaceae — systematics and natural history. — Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Google Scholar

452.

Stuessy T. F. 2009: Plant taxonomy. The systematic evaluation of comparative data, ed. 2. — New York: Columbia University Press. Google Scholar

453.

Stuessy T. F. & Hörandl E. 2014: The importance of comprehensive phylogenetic (evolutionary) classification — a response to Schmidt-Lebuhn's commentary on paraphyletic taxa. —  Cladistics 30: 291–293. Google Scholar

454.

Sukhorukov A. P. 2006: Zur Systematik und Chorologie der in Russland und benachbarten Staaten (in den Grenzen der ehemaligen UdSSR) vorkommendenAtriplex-Arten (Chenopodiaceae). — Ann. Naturhist. Mus. Wien, B 108: 307–420. Google Scholar

455.

SusannaA. & Garcia-JacasN. 2007: TribeCardueae. — Pp. 123–147 in: Kadereit J. W. & Jeffrey C. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 8. — Berlin: Springer. Google Scholar

456.

Susanna A. & Garcia-Jacas N. 2009:Cardueae (Carduoideae). — Pp. 293–313 in: Funk V. A., Susanna A., Stuessy T. F. & Bayer R.J. (ed.), Systematics, evolution, and biogeography ofCompositae. — Vienna: International Association for Plant Taxonomy. Google Scholar

457.

Susanna A., Garcia-Jacas N., Soltis D. E. & Soltis P. S. 1995: Phylogenetic relationships in tribeCardueae (Asteraceae) based on ITS sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 82: 1056–1068. Google Scholar

458.

Szlachetko D. L. 1995: Systema orchidalium. — Fragm. Florist. Geobot., Suppl. 3: 1–152. Google Scholar

459.

Szlachetko D. L. & Margońska H. B. 2002: Gynostemia orchidalium II.Orchidaceae (Epidendroideae). — Acta. Bot. Fenn. 173: 1–275. Google Scholar

460.

Talavera S., Ortiz M. A., Jiménez F. J., Tremetsberger K. & Talavera M. 2015a: Los génerosHypochaeris L. yAchyrophorus Vaill. (Compositae,Cichorieae): nuevos taxones y combinaciones. — Acta Bot. Malac. 40: 332–343. Google Scholar

461.

Talavera S., Talavera M. & Sánchez C. 2015b: Los génerosThrincia Roth yLeontodon L. (Compositae,Cichorieae) en Flora iberica. — Acta Bot. Malac. 40: 344–364. Google Scholar

462.

Tanaka N., John Kuo J., Omori Y., Nakaoka M. & Aioi K. 2003: Phylogenetic relationships in the generaZostera andHeterozostera (Zosteraceae) based onmatK sequence data. —  J. Pl. Res. 116: 273–279. Google Scholar

463.

Tesitelová T., Kotilínek M., Jersáková J., Joly F.-X., Kosnar J., Tatarenko I. & Selosse M.-A. 2015: Two widespread greenNeottia species (Orchidaceae) show mycorrhizal preference forSebacinales in various habitats and ontogenetic stages. —  Molec. Ecol. 24: 1122–1134. Google Scholar

464.

Thiede J. & Eggli U. 2007:Crassulaceae. — Pp. 83–118 in: Kubitzki K. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 9. —  Berlin: Springer. Google Scholar

465.

Tippery N. P., Les D. H., Padgett D. J. & Jacobs S. W. L. 2008: Generic circumscription inMenyanthaceae: a phylogenetic evaluation. —  Syst. Bot. 33: 598–612. Google Scholar

466.

Tison J. M. & de Foucault B. (ed.) 2014: Flora gallica. — Mèze: Biotope. Google Scholar

467.

Tkach N., Röser M. & Hoffmann M. H. 2015: Molecular phylogenetics, character evolution and systematics of the genusMicranthes (Saxifragaceae). —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 178: 47–66. Google Scholar

468.

Tomasello S., Álvarez I., Vargas P. & Oberprieler C. 2015: Is the extremely rare Iberian endemic plant speciesCastrilanthemum debeauxii (Compositae,Anthemideae) a ‘living fossil’? Evidence from a multi-locus species tree reconstruction. — Molec.  Phylogen. Evol. 82: 118–130. Google Scholar

469.

Tomlinson P. B. & Posluzny U. 2001 : Generic limits in the seagrass familyZosteraceae. —  Taxon 50: 429–437. Google Scholar

470.

Torrecilla P. & Catalán P. 2002: Phylogeny of broad-leaved and fine-leavedFestuca lineages (Poaceae) based on nuclear ITS sequences. — Syst. Bot. 27: 241–251. Google Scholar

471.

Torrecilla P., López-Rodríguez J. Á. & Catalán P. 2004: Phylogenetic relationships ofVulpia and related genera (Poeae,Poaceae) based on analysis of ITS andtrnL-F sequences. — Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 91: 124–158. Google Scholar

472.

Tyteca D., Ceinos M., Gathoye J.-L., Brys R. & Jacquemyn H. 2012: On the morphological, biological and genetic heterogeneity of the genusOrchis (Orchidaceae,Orchidinae). —  Phytotaxa 75: 19–32. Google Scholar

473.

Tyteca D. & Klein E. 2008: Genes, morphology and biology — The systematics ofOrchidinae revisited. — J. Eur. Orch. 40: 501–544. Google Scholar

474.

Tyteca D. & Klein E. 2009: Genes, morphology and biology — The systematics ofOrchidinae revisited: a reappraisal. — J. Eur. Orch. 41: 473–480. Google Scholar

475.

Valiejo-Roman C. M., Terentieva E. I., Samigullin T. H. & Pimenov M. G. 2002: Relationships among genera inSaniculoideae and selectedApioideae (Umbelliferae) inferred from nrITS sequences. —  Taxon 51: 91–101. Google Scholar

476.

Valiejo-Roman C. M., Terentieva E. I., Samigullin T. H., Pimenov M. G., Ghahremani-Nejad F. & Mozaffarian V. 2006: Molecular data (nrITS - sequencing) reveal relationships among Iranian endemic taxa ofUmbelliferae. —  Feddes Repert. 117: 367–388. Google Scholar

477.

Vallès J., Torrell M., Garnatje T., Garcia-Jacas N., Vilatersana R. & Susanna A. 2003: The genusArtemisia and its allies: phylogeny of the subtribeArtemisiinae (Asteraceae,Anthemideae) based on nucleotide sequences of nuclear ribosomal DNA internal transcribed spacers (ITS). —  Pl. Biol. (Stuttgart) 5: 274–284. Google Scholar

478.

van den Heede C. J., Viane R. L. L. & Chase M. W. 2003: Phylogenetic analysis ofAsplenium subgenusCeterach (Pteridophyta: Aspleniaceae) based on plastid and nuclear ribosomal ITS DNA sequences. —  Amer. J. Bot. 90: 481–493. Google Scholar

479.

van der Pijl L. & C. H. Dodson 1966: Orchid flowers: their pollination and evolution. — Miami: University of Miami Press. Google Scholar

480.

van Ham R. C. H. J. & 't Hart H. 1998: Phylogenetic relationships in theCrassulaceae inferred from chloroplast DNA restriction-site variation. —  Amer. J. Bot. 85: 123–134. Google Scholar

481.

van Ham R. C. H. J., 't Hart H., Mes T. H. & Sandbrink J. M. 1994: Molecular evolution of noncoding regions of the chloroplast genome in theCrassulaceae and related species. —  Curr. Genet. 25: 558–566. Google Scholar

482.

Vogt R. 1991: Die GattungLeucanthemum Mill. (Compositae,Anthemideae) auf der Iberischen Halbinsel. —Ruizia 10: 1–261. Google Scholar

483.

Vogt R. & Oberprieler C. 1995:Mauranthemum, a new name forLeucoglossum B.H.Wilcox & al. non S. Imai (Compositae,Anthemideae). —  Taxon 44: 377–378. Google Scholar

484.

von Hagen K. B. & Kadereit J. W. 2001: The phylogeny ofGentianella (Gentianaceae) and its colonization of the southern hemisphere as revealed by nuclear and chloroplast DNA sequence variation. —  Organisms Diversity Evol. 1: 61–79. Google Scholar

485.

von Hagen K. B. & Kadereit J. W. 2002: Phylogeny and flower evolution of theSwertiinae (Gentianaceae-Gentianeae): homoplasy and the principle of variable proportions. — Syst. Bot. 27: 548–572. Google Scholar

486.

Wagner W. L., Hoch P. C., Raven P. H. 2007: Revised classification of theOnagraceae. — Syst. Bot. Monogr. 83: 1–240. Google Scholar

487.

Wagstaff S. J., Bayly M. J., Gamock-Jones P. J. & Albach D. C. 2002: Classification, origin, and diversification of the New ZealandHebes (Scrophulariaceae). –  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 89: 38–63. Google Scholar

488.

Walker J. B. & Sytsma K. J. 2007: Staminal evolution in the genusSalvia (Lamiaceae): molecular phylogenetic evidence for multiple origins of the staminal lever. —  Ann. Bot. 100: 375–391. Google Scholar

489.

Wallander E. & Albert V. A. 2000: Phylogeny and classification ofOleaceae based onrps16 andtrnL-F sequence data. —  Amer. J. Bot. 87: 1827–1841. Google Scholar

490.

Wang W., Liu Y., Yu S. X., Gao T. G. & Chen Z. D. 2013:Gymnaconitum, a new genus ofRanunculaceae endemic to the Qinghai-Tibetan Plateau. —  Taxon 62: 713–722. Google Scholar

491.

Wang W., Lu A.-M., Ren Y, Endress M. E. & Chen Z.-D. 2009: Phylogeny and classification ofRanunculales: Evidence from four molecular loci and morphological data. —  Perspect. Pl. Ecol. Evol. Syst. 11: 81–110. Google Scholar

492.

Wang X., Deng Z. & Hong D. 1997: The systematic position ofBeesia: evidence from ITS (nrDNA) sequence analysis. — Acta Phytotax. Sin. 36: 403–410. Google Scholar

493.

Wang Z. H., Peng H. & Kilian N. 2013: Molecular phylogeny of theLactuca alliance (Cichorieae subtribeLactucinae, Asteraceae) with focus on their Chinese centre of diversity detects potential events of reticulation and chloroplast capture. —  PLoS One 8: e82692. Google Scholar

494.

Ward J. M., Bayer R. J., Breitwieser I., Smissen R., Galbany-Casals M. & Unwin M. 2009:Gnaphalieae. — Pp. 539–588 in: Funk V. A., Susanna A., Stuessy T. F. & Bayer R. J. (ed.), Systematics, evolution, and biogeography of theCompositae. Vienna: International Association for Plant Taxonomy. Google Scholar

495.

Webb D. A. 1967: Generic limits in EuropeanLythraceae. — Feddes Repert. 74: 10–13. Google Scholar

496.

Webster F. L. 2014:Euphorbiaceae. — Pp. 51–216 in: Kubitzki K. (ed.), The families and genera of vascular plants 11. &  Berlin: Springer. Google Scholar

497.

Weigend M., Gottschling M., Selvi F. & Hilger H. H. 2009: Marbleseeds are gromwells — systematics and evolution ofLithospermum and allies (Boraginaceae tribeLithospermeae) based on molecular and morphological data. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 52: 755–768. Google Scholar

498.

Weigend M., Luebert F., Selvi F., Brokamp G. & Hilger H. H. 2013: Multiple origins for hounds tongues(Cynoglossum L.) and navel seeds (Omphalodes Mill.) — the phylogeny of the borage family (Boraginaceae s.str.). —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 68: 604–618. Google Scholar

499.

Weitzel C., Rønsted N., Spalik K. & Simonsen H. T. 2014: Resurrecting deadly carrots: towards a revision ofThapsia (Apiaceae) based on phylogenetic analysis of nrITS sequences and chemical profiles. —  Bot. J. Linn. Soc. 174: 620–636. Google Scholar

500.

Wiegleb G. & Kaplan Z. 1998: An account of the species ofPotamogeton L. (Potamogetonaceae). —  Folia Geobot. Phytotax. 33: 241–316. Google Scholar

501.

Whitson M. 2011: (2016) Proposal to conserve the namePhysalis (Solanaceae) with a conserved type. — Taxon 60: 608–609. Google Scholar

502.

Whitson M. & Manos P. S. 2005: UntanglingPhysalis (Solanaceae) from the Physaloids: a two-gene phylogeny of thePhysalinae. —  Syst. Bot. 30: 216–230. Google Scholar

503.

Wiersema J. H., McNeill J., Turland N. J., Barrie F. R., Buck W. R., Demoulin V., Greuter W., Hawksworth D. L., Herendeen P. S., Knapp S., Marhold K., Prado J., Prud'homme van Reine W. F. & Smith G. F. (ed.) 2015: International Code of Nomenclature for algae, fungi, and plants (Melbourne Code) adopted by the Eighteenth International Botanical Congress Melbourne, Australia, July 2011. Appendices II-VIII. — Königstein: Koeltz Scientific Books. — Regnum Veg. 157. Google Scholar

504.

Wikström N. & Kenrick P. 1997: Phylogeny ofLycopodiaceae (Lycopsida) and the relationship ofPhylloglossum drumondii Kunze based onrbcL sequence data. —  Int. J. Pl. Sci. 158: 8627ndash;871. Google Scholar

505.

Wikström N. & Kenrick P. 2001: Evolution ofLycopodiaceae (Lycopsida): estimating divergence times fromrbcL gene sequences by use of nonparametric rate smoothing. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 19: 177–186. Google Scholar

506.

Wilkin P., Schols P., Chase M. W., Chayamarit K., Furness C. A., Huysmans S., Rakotonasolo F., Smets E. & Thapyai C. 2005: A plastid gene phylogeny of the yam genus,Dioscorea: roots, fruits and Madagascar. —  Syst. Bot. 30: 736–749. Google Scholar

507.

Will M. & Claßen-Bockhoff R. 2014: Why Africa matters: evolution of Old WorldSalvia (Lamiaceae) in Africa. —  Ann. Bot. 114: 61–83. Google Scholar

508.

Williams B. R. M., Mitchell T. C., Wood J. R. I., Harris D. J., Scotland R. W. & Carine M. A. 2014: Integrating DNA barcode data in a monographic study ofConvolvulus. — Taxon 63: 1287–1306. Google Scholar

509.

Wojciechowski M. F., Lavin M. & Sanderson M. J. 2004: A phylogeny of legumes (Leguminosae) based on analysis of the plastidmatK gene resolves many wellsupported subclades within the family. —  Amer. J. Bot. 91: 1846–1862. Google Scholar

510.

Wojciechowski M. F., Sanderson M. J., Steele K. P. & Liston A. 2000: Molecular phylogeny of the “temperate herbaceous tribes” of papilionoid legumes: a supertree approach. — Pp. 277–298 in: Herendeen P. S. & Bruneau A. (ed.), Advances in legume systematics 9. — Kew: Royal Botanic Gardens. Google Scholar

511.

Wu Z.-L. & Phillips S. M. 2006:Anthoxanthum L. — Pp. 336–339 in: Wu Z.-Y., Raven P. H. & Hong D.-Y. (ed.), Flora of China 22. — Beijing: Science Press and St. Louis: Missouri Botanical Garden Press. Google Scholar

512.

Wu Z.-Y., Monro A. K., Milne R. I., Wanga H., Yi T.-S., Liu J. & Li D.-Z. 2013: Molecular phylogeny of the nettle family (Urticaceae) inferred from multiple loci of three genomes and extensive generic sampling. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 69: 814–827. Google Scholar

513.

Wucherpfennig W. 1999: Gedanken zu einer Neuordnung der GattungOrchis L. — Nachtrag. — J. Eur. Orch. 31: 329–346. Google Scholar

514.

Wucherpfennig W. 2002:Nigritella: Gattung oder Untergattung? — Jahresber. Naturwiss. Vereins Wuppertal 55: 46–61. Google Scholar

515.

Wucherpfennig W. 2005: Gibt es eine GattungHammarbya? — J. Eur. Orch. 37: 403–418. Google Scholar

516.

Xiang X. G., Jin W. T., Li D. Z., Schuiteman A., Huang W. C., Li J. W, Jin X. H. & Li Z. Y. 2014: Phylogenetics of tribeCollabieae (Orchidaceae,Epidendroideae) based on four chloroplast genes with morphological appraisal. —  PLoS One 9: e87625. Google Scholar

517.

Xiao W. 2013: Molecular systematics ofMeconopsis Vig. (Papaveraceae): taxonomy, polyploidy evolution, and historical biogeography from a phylogenetic insight. — PhD Thesis, University of Texas, Austin. Google Scholar

518.

Yang Y., Riina R., Morawetz J. J., Haevermans T., Aubriot X. & Berry P. E. 2012: Molecular phylogenetics and classification ofEuphorbia subgenusChamaesyce (Euphorbiaceae). — Taxon 61: 764–789. Google Scholar

519.

Young N. D., Steiner K. E. & dePamphilis C. W. 1999: The evolution of parasitism inScrophulariaceae/Orobanchaceae: plastid gene sequences refute an evolutionary transition series. —  Ann. Missouri Bot. Gard. 86: 876–893. Google Scholar

520.

Zakharova E. A., Degtjareva G. V. & Pimenov M. G. 2012: Redefined generic limits ofCarum (Umbelliferae, Apioideae) and new systematic placement of some of its taxa. —  Willdenowia 42: 149–168. Google Scholar

521.

Zarrei M., Wilkin P., Fay M. F., Ingrouille M. J., Zarre S. & Chase M. W. 2009: Molecular systematics ofGagea andLloydia (Liliaceae;Liliales): implications of analyses of nuclear ribosomal and plastid DNA sequences for infrageneric classification. —  Ann. Bot. 104: 125–142. Google Scholar

522.

Zarrei M., Wilkin P., Ingrouille M. J. & Chase M. W. 2011: A revised infrageneric classification forGagea Salisb. (Tulipeae;Liliaceae): insights from DNA sequence and morphological data. — Phytotaxa 15: 44–56. Google Scholar

523.

Zhang L.-B. & Iwatsuki K. 2013:Lycopodiaceae. — Pp. 13–36 in: Wu Z.-Y., Raven P. H. & Hong D.-Y. (ed.), Flora of China 2–3. — Beijing: Science Press and St. Louis: Missouri Botanical Garden Press. Google Scholar

524.

Zhang M., Fritsch P. W. & Cruz B. C. 2009: Phylogeny ofCaragana (Fabaceae) based on DNA sequence data fromrbcL, trnS-trnG, and ITS. —  Molec. Phylogen. Evol. 50: 547–559. Google Scholar

525.

Zhao H. B., Chen F. D., Chen S. M., Wu G. S. & Guo W. M. 2010: Molecular phylogeny ofChrysanthemum, Ajania and its allies (Anthemideae, Asteraceae) as inferred from nuclear ribosomal ITS and chloroplasttrnL-F IGS sequences. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 284: 153–169. Google Scholar

526.

Zimmermann N. F. A., Ritz C. M. & Hellwig F. H. 2010: Further support for the phylogenetic relationships withinEuphorbia L.(Euphorbiaceae) from nrITS andtrnL-trnF IGS sequence data. —  Pl. Syst. Evol. 286: 39–58. Google Scholar
Joachim W. Kadereit,Dirk C. Albach,Friedrich Ehrendorfer,Mercè Galbany-Casals,Núria Garcia-Jacas,Berit Gehrke,Gudrun Kadereit,Norbert Kilian,Johannes T. Klein,Marcus A. Koch,Matthias Kropf,Christoph Oberprieler,Michael D. Pirie,Christiane M. Ritz,Martin Röser,Krzysztof Spalik,Alfonso Susanna,Maximilian Weigend,Erik Welk,Karsten Wesche,Li-Bing Zhang, andMarkus S. Dillenberger "Which changes are needed to render all genera of the German flora monophyletic?," Willdenowia 46(1), 39-91, (24 March 2016).https://doi.org/10.3372/wi.46.46105
Received: 4 November 2015; Accepted: 14 January 2016; Published: 24 March 2016
My Library
You currently do not have any folders to save your paper to! Create a new folder below.
KEYWORDS
classification
generic circumscription
German flora
monophyly
phylogeny
Joachim W. Kadereit, Dirk C. Albach, Friedrich Ehrendorfer, Mercè Galbany-Casals, Núria Garcia-Jacas, Berit Gehrke, Gudrun Kadereit, Norbert Kilian, Johannes T. Klein, Marcus A. Koch, Matthias Kropf, Christoph Oberprieler, Michael D. Pirie, Christiane M. Ritz, Martin Röser, Krzysztof Spalik, Alfonso Susanna, Maximilian Weigend, Erik Welk, Karsten Wesche, Li-Bing Zhang, Markus S. Dillenberger "Which changes are needed to render all genera of the German flora monophyletic?," Willdenowia, 46(1), 39-91, (24 March 2016)
Include:
Format:
Back to Top

KEYWORDS/PHRASES

Keywords
in
Remove
in
Remove
in
Remove
+ Add another field

PUBLICATION TITLE:


COLLECTION:


PUBLICATION YEARS

Range
Single Year

Clear Form

[8]ページ先頭

©2009-2025 Movatter.jp